DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
STATE OF ALABAMA
MANUAL OF PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
Authorized by
STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
BROWN PRINTING CO. MONTGOMERY.
STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
Governor Wm. W. Brandon
Mrs. T. G. Bush Dr. D. T. McCall L. B. Musgrove
A. H. Carmichael Jack Thorington A. L. Tyler
John W. Abercrombie, Executive Secretary
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
N the preparation of this manual the State Depart-
ment of Education wishes to acknowledge the valu-
able services of the following:
Dr. S. W. Welch, Miss Jessie L. Marriner and
Miss G. M. Taylor of the Alabama State Department of
Health—co-operation and assistance in the formulation of
the health program as given herein.
Miss Fleta McWhorter of the Alabama Tuberculosis As-
sociation—assistance in the formulation of the health pro-
gram.
Miss M. G. Parker, Instructor of Physical Education,
State Department of Public Instruction, Trenton, New Jer-
sey—loan of "cuts.
Miss Jessie H. Bancroft and the MacMillan Company,
publishers—permission to use several singing games taken
from Miss Bancroft's book, "Games for the Playground,
Home, School and Gymnasium.
A. S. Barnes & Company—permission to use several
dances from the following books: C. Ward Crampton,
"Folk Dance Book (Copyright 1909) ; Newton & Harris,
"Graded Games and Rhythmic Exercises (Copyright
1907) ; Hinman's "Gymnastic and Folk Dancing Books
(Copyright 1919).
George E. Schlafef, University of Indiana—permission
to use some of the material under "Competitive play and
athletic events, and also some of the drawings appearing
in the lessons in physical education in the Indiana bulletin
on physical education.
George J. Fischer, National War Work Council, New
York City—permission to use, "Contests and Stunts tak-
en from "Army and Navy Physical Work.
Dr. T. W. Wood, Columbia University—permission to
use some of his material on Medical Inspection.
W. P. Bowen, M. S. Professor of Physical Education,
Michigan State Normal College, Ypsilanti, Michigan—
Permission to use a number of rythmic plays as published
in "Physical Training for the City Schools of Michigan.
(4)
Saul Bros., Chicago—permission to use several dances
from Brown & Boyd's "Old English and American
Games.
Milton Bradley & Co.—use of several dances from Irene
Moses' book, "Rhythmic Action Play and Dances.
Miss Jean Broadhurst and the J. B. Lippincott Co.—
permission to use part of the table on Communicable Dis-
eases in "Home and Community Hygiene.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Acknowledgments 3
General Plan 7
Time Allotment 7
Organization by Types of Buildings 8
Grading Pupils 10
PART I.
PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES.
Development of "Leaders 11
Formal Exercises - 12
Posture - 13
Instructions for Teaching of Calisthenics 17
Correct Positions and Commands for Exercises 22
Composition of Calisthenic Lessons 29
Example of Calisthenic Lesson 30
Organized Play and Games 32
Home-Made Play Apparatus 39
Athletics - 44
Interclass - 45
Point Competition Charts 51
Interschool 74
Contests and Stunts 76
Outline of Lessons by Grades:
Grade I 83
Grade II - 93
Grade III 106
Grade IV 122
Grade V - 136
Grade VI - 151
Junior High, 1st year. 165
Junior High, 2nd year 182
Junior High, 3rd year 196
Senior High, 1st year - -208 .
Senior High, 2nd year -221
Senior High, 3rd year - 232
PART II.
HEALTH ACTIVITIES.
Page
General Statement 243
Daily Health Inspection _ 245
Signs of Health Disorders -246
Table of Contagious Diseases — — -246
General Signs of Health Disorders . ......249
Instruction to Parents ......252
Physical Examination — 255
Directions for Examination 256
Troubles Resulting from Physical Defects 259
Hygiene—"Modern Health Crusade .262
Bibliography 267
Index 268
GENERAL PLAN
This course on Physical Education, as outlined, includes:
PART I. Physical Activities. (Outlined by grades).
1. Formal exercises (calisthenics).
2. Organized play and games
(a) Story plays.
(b) Singing games, folk dances, fancy steps.
(c) Active games, relay games, etc.
3. Athletics:
(a) Inter-class.
(b) Inter-school.
4. Contests and Stunts.
PART II. Health Activities.
1. Daily health inspection.
2. Yearly physical examination.
3. Hygiene instruction.
TIME ALLOTMENT
To be divided as follows:
Elementary School
1. Daily health inspection: First two minutes in each
school day, during opening exercises.
2. Calisthenics: Two-minute periods at the beginning
of each class or at least four times during the school day.
3. Organized play and games, or class athletics: A
minimum of thirty minutes per day, exclusive of recess
periods.
4. Hygiene instruction: Sixty minutes per week.
5. Athletics: As much time as possible after school
hours.
Junior and Senior High School
1. Daily health inspection: The first two minutes in
each school day during roll call.
2. Calisthenics, plays and games: Three full periods
per week.
3. Athletics: As much time as possible after school
hours.
ORGANIZATION BY TYPES OF
BUILDINGS
In all buildings larger than two rooms, an effort should
be made to do departmental work in physical education.
One teacher should be designated to handle the physical
activities for the entire school.
ONE TEACHER BUILDING (6 GRADES)
Use "leaders as explained on page 11.
1. Calisthenics:
(a) Have the first three grades take their exercises
together, beginning with lessons listed under Grade II.
Instead of taking two weeks to the lesson, take one new
lesson each week. (To be given twice a day). Pupils in
the other grades remain seated.
(b) Have the 4th, 5th, and 6th grades take their
exercises together beginning with lessons listed under
Grade V, taking one new lesson each week. (To be given
twice a day). Pupils in the other grades remain seated.
2. Games, Dances, Etc.:
(a) The first three grades may have their games to-
gether, beginning with those listed under Grade I.
(b) The 4th, 5th and 6th grades may take their
games together, beginning with those listed under
Grade IV.
3. Athletics:
For class athletics divide into 3 groups according to
height, beginning with 4th grade. See page 45. The first
three grades should not take part in class athletics.
TWO TEACHER BUILDING
1. Calisthenics:
All those in the same room may take their calisthenic
exercises together.
(a) The lower grades begin with lessons listed under
Grade II. A new lesson may be given each week.
(b) The upper grades begin with lessons listed under
Grade V. A new lesson may be given each week.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
9
2. Games, Dances, Etc.:
(a) Combine grades one and two for games, beginning
with those listed under Grade I. The remaining grade or
grades in that room may begin with grades listed under
Grade III.
(b) If there are four or more grades in the remaining
room divide into two groups; grades IV and V in one,
giving them games listed under Grade IV, the remaining
grades in another, beginning with games listed under
Grade VI.
3. Athletics:
Class athletics should be taken up by pupils in upper
grade room. Organize pupils according to height, or age
and grade as suggested on pages 45-46.
THREE TEACHER BUILDINGS
1. Calisthenics:
One new lesson each week. In each room combine all
the grades for their lessons.
(a) The lower rooms start with work of Grade II.
(b) Grades in intermediate room begin with lessons of
Grade IV.
(c) The grades in upper room begin with lessons listed
under Grade VII.
2. Games, Dances, Etc.:
In the lower and intermediate rooms form two groups in
each, either according to height, or age and grade. See
pages 45-46.
(a) In the lower room give games listed under Grade I
to one group, and games listed under Grade III to the
other. The latter will of course be the more mature group.
(b) In the intermediate room give work listed under
Grade IV to the lower group. The higher group should
play the games listed under Grade VI. Girls and boys may
be segregated if the teacher's judgment indicates this best.
(c) In the upper room, form one group and give the
games listed under Grade VII. Girls and boys should be
segregated.
3. Athletics:
(a) Do not give class athletics to those in lower room.
(b) In intermediate rooms, form two groups either ac-
cording,to height, or age and grade. See pages 45-46.
10
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
(c) In upper room combine into one group and take
class athletics listed under first year Junior High; girls
and boys should be segregated.
MORE THAN THREE TEACHER BUILDING
1. Calisthenics:
Give the same lessons to all pupils in the same room.
Start with the exercises graded for the lowest grade in
that room.
2. Games, Dances, Etc.:
Use the games, dances, etc., as listed for each grade;
using "leaders whenever necessary.
3. Athletes:
Organize each room into groups, either according to
height, or age and grade, as given on pages 45-46.
GRADING PUPILS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION
If physical education is to take its place with other school
subjects it must be handled in a similar manner. Grading
pupils is one method of impressing them with the impor-
tance of this work. The grade may be based on the fol-
lowing points:
1. Formal exercises 20
(a) Calisthenics.
2. Organized play 20s
(a) Effort.
(b) • Co-operation.
(c) Knowledge of games.
3. Athletics (Inter-class or inter-school) 20-
(a) Participation.
(b) Ability.
4. Health habits 20
(a) Care of body—teeth, hair, hands, face, etc.
(b) Posture.
(c) Neatness of person and surroundings.
5. Discipline 201
(a) General attitude toward others.
(b) General attitude toward physical education
work.
Total points, Physical Education
10(F
Part I
PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES
(Instructions to teachers. To be read carefully before
beginning work.)
S FAR as possible the physical activities of a physi-
cal and health education program should meet the
needs of each child. To do so physiological age
must be considered as well as physical condition.
A game or an exercise which is right for the healthy sixth
grade boy is not always the best thing for his puny class-
mate or a healthy second grader. Teachers should, there,-
fore, conform as nearly as possible to the program as out-
lined in this bulletin.
One of the first essentials in doing this work success-
fully is to have plenty of enthusiasm and "pep. If the
teacher is slow and listless, she cannot expect the children
to be otherwise and little benefit will result from the work.
Development of "Leaders
Teachers will greatly facilitate their work if they de-
velop "Leaders among the older pupils at the beginning
of the year, to assist in conducting the physical educational
work of the lower grades. If the pupils are made to feel
it an honor to be chosen "leaders, the teacher will soon
have able assistants. In the smaller schools it is essential
that the teacher should have such help in conducting plays
and games.
These "leaders should meet once every week for in-
struction regarding the work of the following week. In
this way they will become familiar with the plays and
games, etc., and the whole work will be much more efficient.
FORMAL EXERCISES
The formal exercises will consist chiefly of calisthenics.
Even though the general trend of physical education today
is toward the informal, there are certain values in the
formal exercises which must not be lost sight of. The
objects of this part of the program are: prevention and
correction of postural defects, and stimulation of muscles,
heart, lungs and organs of digestion. These exercises
should be given several times during the day for "relief
purposes.
Plate 1. Plate 2.
Incorrect standing. Correct standing.
(a) Prevention of postural defects:
Exercises for the purpose of maintaining correct
posture.
(b) Correction of postural defects:
Under this class are included those exercises which
aim to correct such defects as: round shoulders,
flat chest,, forward head, protruding abdomen, flat
feet, etc.
(c) Stimulation of muscles, heart, lungs, and organs of
digestion:
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
13
Exercises which bring into action all the muscles
and organs of the body and stimulate the blood
and respiratory system.
POSTURE
One of the first duties of the teacher is to see that the
pupils maintain correct posture at all times, whether they
be walking, standing or sitting.
To correct a faulty posture daily exercises are given
which tend to eliminate weaknesses. The teacher should
so impress her pupils with the importance of correct pos-
Plate 3.
Correct. Incorrect.
How to carry books.
ture that they will form the habit of proper standing and
sitting.
Some of the -common causes of faulty posture are:
(1) Habitual standing and sitting in faulty positions.
(See Plates 1 and 2.)
(2) Weak muscles brought on by poor nourishment.
(3) Carrying books under same arm continually. (See
Plate 3.)
(4) Carrying newspaper bag on same shoulder con-
tinually.
(5) Sitting in seats not of proper height.
(6) Poor sitting position. (See Plate 6.)
(7) Physical defects.
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
As correct posture is one of the first essentials of good
health, the teacher should put much time and thought upon
this important phase of the work. She should see that all
seats are properly adjusted, that the pupils carry books in
both arms instead of one, etc.
For a correct standing position the feet should be
parallel about three (3) inches apart, with the weight
slightly on the balls of the feet. Arms naturally at the
side, head up and chin in, abdomen drawn in and hips
back. Stand as "tall as possible, without stretching or
•exaggerating. (See Plate 4.)
Plate 4.
Window pole test for posture.
Good Tests For "Posture
(a) Profile Test.
Judge the posture of each child by lining up class in
profile. You can make a rapid and efficient test in this
manner. Have them stand "naturally, don't tell them
what you are doing.
(b) Window Pole Test.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
15>
Hold a window pole in a vertical position. Have the'
top rest against the forward part of the ear and the bot-
torn against the forward part of foot. (See Plate 4.)
(c) Plumb Line Test.
Imagine a plumb line attached to lower part of ear. This
should touch shoulders, hip and ankle.
Plate 5.—Poor posture. Plate 6.—Poor posture.
School Seats and Desks
Too much care cannot be used in seating children
properly at desks. It is impossble for a child to sit cor-
rectly at a desk which is not well adjusted. Poorly ad-
justed desks foster cramped chest, spinal curvative, and
defective vision.
A healthful sitting position at the desk may be de-
scribed roughly thus: The hips should be pushed well
back in the seat; the feet should rest flat on the floor; the
seat should not be so high that it will press on the under
parts of the thighs and impede circulation; the trunk
16
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
should be comfortably erect with the back supported be-
low the shoulder blades.
The desk top should be at such a height and distance
that the whole of both forearms may rest flat on the desk
without the child leaning forward, rounding or pushing
up the shoulders. The desk top should be at such an
angle that when a child is sitting properly, his book or
paper may be at a right angle with the line of vision, and
from fourteen to sixteen inches from the eye, provided
the child has normal vision.
Dr. Dresslar gives these directions for adjusting the
desk to the individual child:
Plate 7.—Class—ATTENTION!
If the desks of a schoolroom are not adjustable, much
can be done to relieve conditions and make the children
comfortable. A box or board can be placed on the floor
for the child's feet if the seat is too high. If the desk is
too low it may be raised by placing under it a board of
proper thickness to which the desk may be fastened.
The desk top should overhang the front edge of the
seat about two inches. Make the front edge of the desk
as high as three-sevenths of the height of the child plus
one inch. (For the primary grades not more than a half-
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
17
inch should be added). This ratio must be adjusted to
special cases as some children are not of normal propor-
tion in relative length of limbs and trunk. The proper
height of the seat is approximately two-sevenths the height
of the child, or it may be determined more accurately by
measuring the distance from the underside of the knee to
the floor when the child is comfortably seated.
CALISTHENICS
The calisthenic work will be given by command or by
count. The method of giving commands is one of the
Plate 8.—Ready to stand.
most important features of teaching calisthenics. The
action of the class will depend entirely on how the teacher
gives the command. She must give her commands in a
forceful and decisive manner in order to attain the desired
results. It will be necessary for her to study thoroughly
the following rules for instruction.
1. One of the first essentials is to insist on absolute
obedience to command.
2. Don't forget that the pupils are watching you, be
sure you are standing erect; it will make them do the same.
18
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
3. Make the work attractive and interesting.
4. Whenever possible the physical activities should be
given out of doors. When given indoors use hall and corri-
dors if possible, opening all doors and windows.
5. Have pupils remove coats and sweaters.
6. When the pupils are at their desks in "sitting posi-
tion and the teacher wishes them to stand in aisles, the
command is given "Class—ATTENTION! (See Plate 7.)
Plate 9. Plate 10.
Arms upward—BEND!
"Stand—ONE! (pupils place right foot in aisle and right
hand on outer edge of desk.) (See Plate 8.) "TWO!
(Class stands at ATTENTION.) After the exercises, give
the commands, "Be seated—ONE! TWO!
7. In each exercise in the lesson, the STARTING POSI-
TION is given first and then the exercise itself. The parts
of each exercise are numbered in parentheses; the starting
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
19
positions are not numbered. The numbers are placed after
each part of the exercises; for example:
STARTING POSITION.
"Arms upward—BEND!
EXERCISE.
"Arms sideward —
STRETCH! (1) Bend! (2)
Upward — STRETCH! (3)
BEND! (4)
Plate 11. Plate 12
Arms forward—BEND! Arms upward—STRETCH!
8. Exercises may be given on count, as indicated by the
numbers in parentheses, instead of repeating the command:
as, Arms Upward—BEND! Upward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) The same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
With the command "BEGIN start counting and at the end
give the command HALT. The counting begins with the
initial movement and proceeds throughout the exercise.
When thrusting or extension movements are used the counts
20
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
should be emphasized. The counting may be in groups of
two (1-2, 1-2), of four (1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4) or eight (1-2-3-4-
5-6-7-8). The counting should not always be rhythmical but
should vary.
9. Always demonstrate a new exercise before giving it,
or appoint a pupil to do so, in this way the class will thor-
oughly understand just what is wanted.
10. Exercise should always be given both right and left
an equal number of times.
11. Introductory exercises, (the first exercise in each
lesson), should always be fast and "snappy.
Plate 13.
Trunk to the right—BEND I
1£. Arch flexions should be given slowly, by command
and not by count.
13. Balance exercisies may be given either slowly or
rapidly.
14. Arm and shoulder blade exercises may be given
either slowly or rapidly.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
15. Trunk exercises must be given slowly, do not give
them in a jerky manner. This can best be accomplished by
using the words of the command instead of the count, for
example; Trunk forward—B-E-N-D! Trunk—R-A-I-S-E 1
Draw out the final word very slowly.
16. Leg exercises may be given either slowly or rapidly.
17. Breathing exercises should be given slowly.
18. When "lunges and "foot placings are given in-
doors, have the pupils face the side of the room.
Plate 14. Plate 15.—Arms sideward—RAISE!
Left leg sideward—LUNGE! or, Arms sideward—STRETCH!
19. The desks can be used for trunk exercises. Have
the pupils sit on top of the desk and fasten toes under the
seat, then with hands on hips or neck, bend the trunk
slowly backward. Avoid bending back too far. Raise
trunk slowly.
20. Give the classes some marching out on the school
grounds as often as possible. The children enjoy march-
ing and it is good posture training.
21. There are two parts to a command: (a) Prepara-
tory command, which tells what is to be done, (b) Execu-
tive command, which is the signal for execution and action.
There should be a long pause between the two commands
to give the class time to understand just what is to be done.
Vary the length of the pause so that the pupils will not .
22
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
know just when the executive command is coming. This
will promote alertness and attention. The command should
be given in a steady voice, slowly if the exercise should be
given slowly, and quickly if it should be given that way.
For example:
Arms upward (pause)—BEND! (Given quickly).
Trunk forward (pause)—B-E-N-D! (Given slowly.)
Plate 16. Plate 17.
Knee bending.
CORRECT POSITIONS AND COMMANDS FOR
EXERCISES
1. Standing Positions:
(a) "ATTENTION! At this command feet should be
parallel and about three inches apart. Hips drawn back
slightly, body erect, chest raised, head up and chin in. Arms
at side, weight of body resting equally upon heels and balls
of feet. This command is usually used when class is "AT
EASE or the beginning of the class, when ready to com-
mence. (See Plate 20, figure 2.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
23:
(b) "POSITION! At this command the pupils take*
the fundamental standing position, the same as at "AT-
TENTION. This command is used upon the completion
of an exercise or at any time during the exercise when the-
fundamental standing position is desired. (See Plate 20,.
figure 2.)
(c) "AT EASE! At this command the pupils relax
by placing the left foot slightly to the side, and clasping
the hands in back.
Plate 18. Plate 19.
West Point breathing. Trunk forward—BEND!
2. Arch Flexions':
Backward movements of the upper trunk, bending in the
upper chest and not at the waist. (See Plate 20, figure 1.)
(a) "Chest—RAISE! Raise the chest, throw back
the shoulders and stand as "tall as possible. Do not hold
the breath, but breathe naturally while holding the chest
up.
(b) "Head backward—BEND! Bend the head
slightly backward but do not "strain. Draw the shoulders
well back and throw out the chest.
24
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
(c) "Trunk slightly backward—BEND! Do not bend
at the waist but bend the upper trunk backward just
slightly. (See Plate 20, figure 1.)
3. Balance Exercises:
(a) "Right (L) knee upward—BEND! Balance on
one foot. (See Plate 20, figure 10.)
Plate 20.—Fig. 1, Arch flexion, bending in upper trunk; Fig. 2,
Fundamental position, or "ATTENTION! Fig. 3, Hands on hips—
PLACE! Fig. 4, Arms forward, upward—RAISE! Fig. 5, Arms
sideward upward—RAISE ! Fig. 6, Arms forward—RAISE or Arms
forward—STRETCH! Fig. 7, Hands on hips and feet sideward—
PLACE. Fig. 8, Left foot forward—PLACE! Fig. 9, Right leg
forward—LUNGE! Fig. 10, Right knee upward—BEND! Fig. 11,
Left leg backward—RAISE! Fig. 12, Right leg forward—RAISE!
(b) "Left (R) leg backward—RAISE! Balance on
one foot while holding the other up in back. (See Plate 20,
figure 11.)
(c) "Right (L) leg sideward—RAISE! Balance on
one foot while holding one leg out to the side.
(d) "Heels—RAISE! Balance while up on the toes.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
25
4. Arm Movements:
(a) "Arms upward—BEND! Raise the afms to top
of shoulder, hands closed and touching shoulders, with el-
bows drawn well back. The following four exercises are
executed from this starting position. (See Plates 9
and 10.)
Arms upward—STRETCH! Extend arms upward, fin-
gers extended and palms turned toward each other. (See
Plate 12.)
Arms forward—STRETCH! Extend arms straight for-
ward from the shoulders, fingers extended and palms
turned toward each other. (See Plate 20, figure 6.)
Arms sideward—STRETCH! Extend arms straight out
to the side, fingers extended and palms "down. (See Plate
15.)
Arms downward—STRETCH! Extend arms straight
downward, fingers extended and palms toward body.
(b) "Hands on neck—PLACE! Arms are raised
sideward, finger tips placed on back part of neck; fingers
straight and just touching each other, elbows well back.
(c) "Hands on hips—PLACE! Place the hands on
hips, thumbs toward the back and fingers extended toward
the front. (See Plate 20, figure 3.)
(d) "Arms forward—BEND! Arms are raised to
the side in a horizontal position, are flexed forward at the
elbows, the wrists and fingers straight, palms down and
shoulders well back. The following exercise is executed
from this starting position. (See Plate 11.)
Arms sideward—FLING! Move both arms quickly side-
ward, straightening and extending to the side. (See Plate
15.)
(e) "Arms sideward—RAISE! Arms are raised
straight out from the side to a horizontal position with
fingers extended and palms down- The following exercise
is executed from this starting position. (See Plate 15.)
Double arm circumduction backward (forward)—BE-
GIN! Move the arms in small circles upward backward,
downward forward, shoulders and chest being used in the
movement.
(f) "Arms sideward upward—RAISE! Arms are
raised straight out from the side to an extended position
over the head, palms turned in toward each other. (See
Plate 20, figure 5.)
26
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
(g) "Arms forward—RAISE! Arms are raised
straight forward to a horizontal position with the palms
turned toward each other. (See Plate 20, figure 6.)
(h) "Arms forward upward—RAISE! Arms are
raised straight forward and upward, arms extended over
the head with the palms turned in toward each other. (See
Plate 20, figure 4.)
5. Trunk Exercises: (To be given slowly.)
(a) "Trunk forward—BEND! Bend the trunk for-
ward, keeping back in an arched position. (See Plate 19.)
(b) "Trunk backward—BEND! Bend the trunk
Backward, hold the head straight with the trunk, do not
thrust the abdomen forward.
(c) "Trunk sideward-—BEND! Bend the trunk
straight to the side, keeping the head straight with the
trunk and both feet flat on the floor. (See Plate 13.)
(d) "Trunk to the right (L)—TURN! Turn the
trunk to the right (L), keeping feet flat on the floor.
6. Leg Exercises:
(a) "Feet sideward—PLACE! With a jump spread
feet quickly, placing them about two feet apart. (See Plate
20, figure 7.)
(b) "Left (R) foot sideward—PLACE! The foot is
placed about two feet directly to the side, weight of body
equally on both feet.
(c) "Left (R) foot forward—PLACE! Place the foot
straight forward twice its own length, weight of body
equally on both feet. (See Plate 20, figure 8.)
(d) "Left (R) leg forward—RAISE! Raise the leg
straight forward, heel about one foot from floor. Do not
bend the knee but hold leg straight, pointing toe. (See
Plate 20, figure 12.)
(e) "Left (R) leg sideward—RAISE! Raise the leg
straight out to the side, foot about one foot from the floor.
Do not bend the knee, but hold the leg straight, pointing
toe.
(f) "Feet—CLOSE! Bring the toes together so that
the feet will be parallel. "Left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! The foot is moved twice its own length forward
in its own direction.
(g) "Left (R) leg forward—LUNGE! The foot is
carried straight forward three times its own length, for-
ward knee is bent to a right angle, the body is inclined for-
ward maintaining a straight line from the head down the
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
27
back and rear leg. The weight is over the forward foot,
both feet flat on the floor, and shoulders well back. (See
Plofp 90 ficriiTP 0 ^
(h) "Left (R) leg sideward—LUNGE! The foot is
carried straight to the side and placed so as to maintain the
fundamental angle between the feet, the left (R) knee is
bent to a right angle, trunk is held erect with the right (L)
leg straight. (See Plate 14.)
(i) "Heels—RAISE! Knees—BEND! Raise the heels
then bend both knees keeping the body erect; keep the
knees spread well apart. To regain standing position:
"Knees—STRETCH! Heels—DOWN! (See Plates 16
and 17.)
(j) "Left (R) knee upward—BEND! Raise the knee
upward so that both knee and hip are bent to right angles.
Hold the trunk erect and point the toe. (See Plate 20,
figure 10.)
(k) "On the left (R) knee—KNEEL! Kneel on the
left (R) knee and place the right (L) foot forward flat on
the floor.
7. Breathing Exercises:
Fill the lungs with a full breath each time.
(a) Arms sideward raise and slowly inhale. Arms
downward and slowly exhale. (See Plate 15.)
(b) Arms sideward upward raise and slowly inhale.
Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. (See Plate
20, figure 5.)
(c) Arms forward raise4 and slowing inhale. Arms
downward and slowly exhale. (See Plate 20, figure 6.)
(d) Arms forward upward raise and slowly inhale.
Arms forward downward and slowly exhale. (See Plate
20, figure 4.)
(e) Arms forward upward raise and slowly inhale.
Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale.
(f) Arms forward—BEND! (See Plate 11.)
Arms sideward fling and slowly inhale. Arms forward
bend and slowly exhale.
(g) West Point breathing: With arms down to side,
turn the palms out and slowly inhale. Turn the palms in
and slowly exhale. (See Plate 18.)
8. Marching:
(a) "Right—DRESS! At the command "dress turn
the head to the right, eyes fixed on the line of eyes of those
■28
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
in the same rank, left hand on hip. At the command
"FRONT turn the head and eyes to the front, dropping
the arm to the side.
(b) "Mark time—MARCH! Raise the feet alter-
nately, starting with the left, straight up about four inches
bending the knees quickly.
(c) "Class—HALT! At the command "HALT, given
as either foot strikes the ground, plant the other foot as in
marching; raise and place the first foot by the side of the
other. Given in two counts.
(d) "Class forward—MARCH! At the command
"MARCH move the left foot straight forward and con-
tinue the march.
(e) "Right—FACE! Raise slightly the left heel and
right toe, turn to the right on the heel of the right assisted
by pressure on the ball of the left foot; place the left foot by
the side of the right. Left face is executed similarly, sub-
stituting right for left and vice versa.
(f) "About—FACE ! Carry the toe of the right foot
about a half foot length to the rear and slightly to the left
of the left heel without changing the position of the left
foot, face to the rear turning to the right on the left heel
and right toe. Place the right heel by the side of the left.
(g) "To the rear — MARCH! The command—
MARCH! is given as the right foot strikes the ground, ad-
vance and plant the left foot, turn to the "right—about
on the balls of both feet and immediately step off with the
left foot. ,
(h) "By the right (L) flank—MARCH! This is given
while the class is marching. It is the same as right or left
"face except that it is given while marching.
(i) "Fours right (L) MARCH! Form a line and
count off by "fours. Give the command while the class
is marching. Each "four will do a quarter wheel right
(L), the inside man of each "four, being the pivot and will
mark time in turning, the outside man of each four will take
large steps. The "wheel is to be made in four counts.
9. Dancing or Fancy Steps:
(a) Change step or two step: advance the left foot,
bring toe of right foot to heel of left, throw weight onto
the right foot, then advance the left. Repeat this movement
with the right leading.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
29
(b) Follow step: (1) Lead with the left foot, (2)
bring the right foot to the heel of the left and advance with
the left leading several times. Repeat the same with the
right leading.
(c) Rocking step: Hop forward twice on the left foot,
at the same time bending body forward, and right leg
backward; then shift the weight to the right foot and hop
twice leaning backward.
(d) Heel and toe polka: Point with the heel, then with
toes, starting left and follow with the change step: one-
two; one-two-three.
(e) Backward cut: Raise left leg forward, swing leg
to the right and backward, with a hop draw right leg back,
then swing right forward, at the same time hop with the
left. The idea is to hop just before the one leg strikes the
other when cutting back.
(f) Draw step: Step sideward with the right, draw
the left heel toward the right toe, the right knee bent
slightly. There should be an outward rotation of the leg,
weight is kept on the advancing leg except at the instant
when the weight must be transferred onto the left in
order to lift the right foot for a new step sideward.
(g) Closing-step: Step left forward—1. Close heels
with right foot—2. Also with the right foot stepping
forward and closing with the left.
(h) Gallop-step: Gallop sideward, same as closing-
step sideward, hopping instead of stepping.
Gallop-step; forward, same . as "follow-step forward,
hoping instead of stepping.
(i) Alternate 8 walking steps with 8 gallop-steps left
(R) forward.
(j) Alternate 8 walking steps with 8 gallop steps left
(R) sideward.
(k) Skipping: Hop on one foot while stepping for-
ward with the other foot.
(1) Glide closing-step: Same as the closing-step ex-
plained above, with the "stepping foot gliding softly over
the floor, knees slightly bent.
Composition of Calisthenic Lessons:
The exercises in each lesson are arranged in a very
definite order, and they should always be- given in this
order, for certain physiological reasons. The exercises
in each lesson are arranged as follows:
30
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
1. Introductory Exercises:
Object: Transition from mind to body.
Type: Fast exercises such as arm extensions.
2. Arch flexion:
Object: To stretch the chest and straighten the dorsal
spine. Correct posture.
Type: Backward bending of head and upper trunk, and
chest raising.
3. Balance movement:
Object: Cultivate general equilibrium, to diminish the
heart-beat brought on by previous exercise.
Type: Leg exercises.
4. Arm or shoulder blade:
Object: Develop the shoulder and arm muscles. Pro-
mote co-ordination in movement of shoulder blades, trunk
and arms. Correct posture.
Type: Arm flinging, elevations and extensions.
5. Abdominal exercises:
Object: Strengthen the muscles and improve digestion.
Type: Forward and backward bending of trunk, and
leg raising.
6. Lateral trunk:
Object: Quicken the circulation in the large vessels of
the trunk. Strengthen the waist muscles.
Type: Trunk rotation and sideward flexion.
7. Leg movements:
Object: Diminish blood pressure and heart beat.
Type: Knee flexions.
8. Breathing exercises:
Object: Produce normal respiration after the preceding
exercise and prepare the student for rest.
Type: Slow arm movements, upward and downward.
Example of Calisthenic Lesson Using All Necessary
Commands
Remove coats, and prepare for exercises.
Class—ATTENTION! STAND! 1-2.
Introductory:
1. Class right—FACE! Left—FACE! (Give command
fast, these are quickening exercises; repeat several times.)
Arch Flexion:
2. Hands on neck—PLACE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) Repeat slowly (6 times.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
31
Balance:
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (or left) knee up-
ward—BEND! Forward—STRETCH (1) BEND! (2)
The same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 1-2, 1-2, etc. (8
counts each*.) then—HALT!
Arm or Shoulder Blade:
4. Arms upward—BEND! Upward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) The same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, 1-2,
1-2, etc. (32 counts) then—HALT!
Abdominal Trunk:
5.. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—B-E-N-D! (1) R-A-I-S-E! (2) Etc. Give com-
mands slowly and do not count. (8 times.)
Lateral Trunk:
6. Arms sideward—RAISE! Trunk to the right—
B-E-N-D! (1) R-A-I-S-E! (2) To the left B-E-N-D! (3)
R-A-I-S-E! (4) etc. Give command slowly and do not
count. (8 times.)
Leg Movements:
7. Hands on neck—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—
DOWN! (4) The same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (32 counts.) Then, HALT!
Breathing:
8. Breathing Exercises—Arms sideward raise and
slowly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8
times.)
The class is supposed to be held at "ATTENTION dur-
ing the exercises. Give them "At—EASE! several times
during the lesson if time permits.
* Since there are two counts to the unit, this means four units.
ORGANIZED PLAY AND GAMES
The play and game activities should be considered one
of the most important phases of the whole physical educa-
tion program. The games are intended, primarily, for
recreational purposes and this must be borne in mind if
they are to be really worth while. Many teachers try to
conduct games in a "quiet manner, not allowing the chil-
dren to laugh or smile. True play should consist of a joy-
ous and spontaneous activity. The children ought to have
a feeling of perfect freedom and relaxation, and in this
way, their play will be natural and not mechanical. This
does not mean that play should be unsupervised because
all recreational activity must have leadership.
The teacher should make a study of the situation and
plan and study the games before hand. It is necessary for
her to thoroughly understand the rules of the game and
then explain them to the children. Games should be varied
as much as possible. Now and then the teacher should take
part in the games with the children.
"The best method of teaching a game is to make a full
explanation of it before the pupils take their places to play.
If this be in a schoolroom, illustrative diagrams may often
be drawn on the blackboard, and it is sometimes helpful,
there or elsewhere, to have a few pupils go slowly (not run-
ning) through the general form of the game, to illustrate
it to the others. In a playground the same method may be
used by having the players sit, if that is feasible, or by halt-
ing them in a march or after gymnastic exercises to listen
to the explanation. Never try to teach and play a game at
the same time. The only exception to this rule should be
where there is a large and disorderly crowd with which to
deal. Then it may occasionally be best to start a game to
gain interest and attention, and then halt for further ex-
planation.
"It often becomes necessary for the sake of discipline
and unity to unite all the players in a playground in one
game. Comparatively few games, however, are successful
when played by very large numbers. Classes may often be
brought into order and attention by the simple device of
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
33
marching, the march to end in one game for all the play-
ers, or several games in groups.
"An indication that too many players are taking part in
a game is almost invariably to be found in a lack of inter-
est on the part of players, arising usually from the infre-
quency with which each player gets an opportunity to par-
ticipate. The ultimate test of any game, however, from
the recreative standpoint must be one of interest, and this
is often found among its players who are not participating
in the action if competition be close. A teacher should
watch closely for waning interest, and may often save the
situation by dividing the players into two or more groups.
"A resourceful teacher will find many ways of adapting
games to large numbers. Among such devices may be
mentioned (1) increasing the number of runners and chas-
ers; for instance, in the game of cat and rat, there may be
several cats and several rats; (2) in the circle games of
simple character, especially the singing games, the circle
may be duplicated, thus having two concentric circles, one
within the other; (3) in many ball games it will be found
possible to put more than one ball in play, as in bombard-
ment or circle club bowls.
"Group play, by which is meant, the division of a large
number of players into smaller squads or groups, is un-
doubtedly the best method for getting the best sport and the
greatest playing values out of most games. Such a divi-
sion of player is not always an easy matter to inaugurate,
untrained players being inclined to follow the teacher from
point to point in the playground. This may be obviated
by appointing group leaders, each of whom should under-
stand the game to be played and be appointel to take charge
of it. Older children, and almost invariably the children
who are disorderly or inclined to disturb the general har-
mony and discipline of the playground, are the best ones
to charge with such responsibility. This method serves the
double purpose of quelling their disorderly propensities by
occupying them in a position of responsibility, and takes
care of a group of players at the same time. When the
group method is used in schools, it is advisable to appoint
the leaders of the groups, or allow the children to elect
them, before leaving the classroom for the playground.
"A teacher should be ready with suggestions for new
games or occupation of some sort when interest wanes in a
2—PE
34
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
game that is being played; but a new game should not be
suggested until there is evidence that players are tired of
the old one.
"Each playground leader or teacher should be provided
with a whistle. This saves a great deal of strain on the
voice, and should be understood from the outset to com-
mand instant quiet, all play to be suspended when it is
heard. The most joyous play goes always with the best
discipline. Both children and adult players like strength
and decision in a teacher or leader. Indeed, they instinc-
tively place themselves under the leadership of the decided
and dominant characters among themselves. It has been
the experience of the author that discipline in schools is
greatly helped by the playing of games, partly because the
privilege of play or its loss is one of the strongest incentives
to order at other times, but also because of the happy out-
let afforded for normal tendencies and the disciplinary
training of the games themselves.
"Get the playing values out of games. By this is meant,
see that every child gets as much opportunity as possible
for participation in the actual physical exercise of the
game and in all the phases of play that makes him a sue-
cessful, alert, resourceful player. The result of this and
the test of it will be the amount of interest and sport in
the games. Do not make the games too serious. Get laugh-
ter and frolic out of them.
"Encourage timid pupils to gives dares and to take risks.
No class of players needs more sympathetic or tactful un-
derstanding and help from a teacher than the timid. Such
children often suffer greatly through their shyness. They
should first be brought into play in some form of game
that does not make them conspicuous; one, for instance, in
which they do what all the players do, or merely take turns
(such as "call ball, object-passing games and relays.) Such
children should be encouraged by praise of their success-
ful efforts, and especial care should be taken not to call
attention to their failures.
"See that the selfish or most capable children do not have
the lion's share of the play; the opportunities should be
equally distributed. It is often necessary for a teacher
to distinguish between self-assertiveness, which is a natural
phase of the development of the sense of individuality, or
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
35
selfishness and "bullying", which are exaggerated forms of
the same tendency. Both may need repression and gui-
dance, but only the latter are reprehensible.
"Encourage each pupil to be alert, to see when it is his
turn and to be quick in play.
"Do not treat children as though they were made of glass
and fear to see them tumble down. Every child, boy or
girl, ought to be able to bear a few falls, knocks and bruises.
This is nature's way of training a child to be more obser-
vant or agile. Besides, physical hardihood is one of the
best possible results from the playing of games. Do not
coddle a child who has received an injury. Cultivate a
stoic spirit. If it be a slight injury, have the child go on
with his play and he will soon forget it. If it require treat-
ment of any sort, take the player at once away from the
playground or vicinity of the other players and apply first-
aid remedies until medical assistance can be obtained.
"Team play is one of the highest forms of play. The
teacher should look for the beginning of the tendency to-
ward it as shown in a fondness for the play of opposing
groups, manifest from ten to twelve years of age. This
tendency should be encouraged and developed into more
closely organized types of team games. The greatest value
of team play lies in the co-operation of the players, all work-
ing together for a common end, a player's thought and ef-
fort being to do what is best for his team rather than to use
his skill for individual glory.
"In athletic games players should learn that to question
or dispute the decision of judges or other officials presiding
over games is thoroughly unsportsmanlike and a species
of dishonor. Having once placed themselves under officials,
decisions must be accepted without cavil at the time. The
natural desire to learn how a decision was reached in an
athletic event must be held in check until the judges have
opportunity to announce fouls or other features of scoring
that determine the result. It should always be borne in
mind by both players and coaches, that the officials, who
are each concentrating on some one feature of the play,
know what happens far more accurately than the general
observer. It is also thoroughly unsportsmanlike, and
counts as foul, disqualifying a player, if he receive direc-
tions or coaching of any sort from an instructor during a
contest.
36
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
Floor Formation:
"The terms 'formation' and 'floor formation' are com-
monly used to designate the placing of players in the play-
ground and gymnasium in the lines, circles, groups or op-
posing sides, necessary for the starting of a game. To
accomplish this disposition of the players quickly and with-
out confusion requires a clear knowledge of methods on the
part of the teacher. Some methods are here offered, but
before giving them in detail a word should be said of the
differing psychological effects of the various formations.
"The circle or ring formation has a pronounced tendency
toward a spirit of unity among players. Each player may
see and become somewhat acquainted with all other players
in a group, in a way not practicable in any other formation.
Any one who has met strangers at a dinner party or com-
mittee meeting gathered at a round table will comprehend
the significance of this. In the kindergarten this principle
is used largely, each day's exercise opening with the pupils
in a circle. A game in circle formation is therefore often
one of the best means of making acquainted players who
are strangers to one another, and of giving a sense of united
interest to a heterogenous group.
"The sense of being united in a common interest, or
esprit de corps may be gained to some extent in some gen-
eral forms of playground activities such as marching. As
children grow into the tendency to enjoy group or team
play, the competitive spirit becomes very strong, and games
in which the players work in competitive teams, as in relay
races, or in opposing sides, as in bombardment, may serve
the purpose of continuous mutual interest. As a rule, the
competitive spirit is strong in games in the line and group
formations and, indeed, is usually the basis of such forma-
tion.
"For all formations pupils should be trained to move
quickly. Formations made from marching order may
often be done on the double-quick.
Ring Formation:
"For small numbers of players no formal procedure is
needed to get the players into a ring formation. For very
little children the teacher should simply stretch his or her
own hands sideways, taking a child by either hand to show
what is wanted, and telling the others to form a circle. All
will naturally clasp hands in the same way. Children
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
37
should be urged to move quickly for such formations. For
some games the hands remain clasped. For others the
hands are dropped (unclasped) after the ring is formed.
The distance between players may be gauged by the stretch
of the arms when the hands are clasped, making the ring
larger or smaller. With older players the teachers' parti-
cipation in the formation of the circle is not necessary, the
mere command to "Form circle! being adequate.
"For large numbers the ring formation is best achieved
from a line standing in single file. The players should
march or run, the leader of the file describing a circle and
joining hands with the rear player of the file, all the others
joining hands similarly with their neighbors.
Concentric Circles:
"Where players are to be placed in two circles, one with-
in the other, as in three deep, zigzag ball, or some of the
singing games for large numbers, players should march in
a column of twos (and by two), and the leaders should
describe a circle until the ends meet. All then face in-
ward.
"Another method of forming concentric circles is to form
a single circle, and have every alternate player step inward.
Or the players may number off by twos, and those bearing
the odd (or even) numbers take one or two steps toward
the center of the circle. All numbering-off methods, how-
ever, are comparatively slow.
Opposing Teams or Lines:
"For assigning large numbers of players quickly in op-
posing teams or lines, the following methods are among
the most orderly:
"(a) The players Tall in' for a march in single file.
They march up the center of the room or ground; the first
player turns to the right and the next to the left, and so on
alternately, taking stations at the sides of the ground; they
are thus separated into two opposing groups, those which
turn to the right forming one group or team, and, those to
the left another.
"This method is even quicker if players march in columns
of twos or fours, alternate ranks turning to alternate sides.
"(b) Players may be required to march in columns of
twos (two abreast), halt, and those in one file of the column
step to one side of the playground instead of marching to
38
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
the front and separating, as in a, and those in the other file
to the opposite side.
"Where an even division of running ability, or height for
catching balls, is necessary, players should be sized when
lining up for either of the above methods.
"(c) When players in a gymnasium, playroom or play-
ground have already been numbered for gymnastic pur-
poses, the odd numbers may be directed to one end of the
playground to form one team, and the even numbers to
the opposite end for the other team.
Group Formations:
"To get players into small groups, a division may often
best be made from the marching formations. Players may
be brought for this purpose into columns of four or more
(marching four abreast), halted, and each file in turn di-
rected to some particular location in the playground.
"Where time is not a consideration, or the number of
players is smaller, more deliberate methods of counting out,
choosing sides, etc., may be used.
(The paragraphs quoted above are from Jessie H. Ban-
croft, "Games for the Playground, Home, School and Gym-
nasium.")
Take plenty of time to organize the class or room, either
into groups according to height, or groups according to
their grades. After they are organized, keep the same
organization as nearly as possible for a month or so. Ex-
ample—A one room building with six grades: Divide them
into three groups according to the height; 1st group 59
inches or over; 2nd group between 58 inches and 59 inches,
3rd group under 58 inches. They can be divided into three
groups according to grades. Grades 5 and 6 in first group,
3 and 4 in second group, and 1 and 2 in third group.
Assign each group a game, which is suitable for that
special group. Explain the rules of the game, then send
them out on school grounds and supervise the play.
Have a definite starting and finishing point for all races.
Take down the results and in this way encourage competi-
tion and add enthusiasm.
The games in this manual are listed as follows:
A. Story plays.
B. Singing games, folk dances and fancy steps.
C. Active games, relay rac^s, etc.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
39
HOME-MADE PLAY APPARATUS
The need for providing play facilities for the children
in our cities have largely determined the development of
the play movement in the past, but it is now recognized
that play should have an equally important part in the life
of children in the country. Play and recreation can no
longer be left to themselves, but must be conscientiously
and intelligently provided for.
The school offers the best medium for providing rural
play, and the active and enthusiastic teacher may greatly
increase her usefulness by developing the play spirit among
her pupils. The recess and lunch periods may be made
beneficial and enjoyable by the introduction of supervised
play and games. Elaborate equipment is not required but
a few pieces of single apparatus, such as sand box, swings,
and slides for the young children, and a certain amount of
game supplies, such as balls, bats and quoits, are of great
value.
The following directions for the construction of home
made apparatus will be helpful to rural schools and small
communities in providing adequate play facilities for their
children. These instructions are reprinted with permission
from a rural recreation manual, "Neighborhood Play, pub-
lished by the Youths' Companion in co-operation with the
U. S. Bureau of Education.
Materials:
Number 1 spruce or Southern pine is excellent material
for most playground apparatus. White ash has the advan-
tage of added strength, but it splinters easily. White oak
should be used for pieces that receive much wear—such as
swing boards and turning bars. All wood should be care-
fully seasoned, and such parts as come in contact with
earth should be tarred or treated with creosote.
It is well to saturate the wood thoroughly with boiled
linseed oil. In any case, it should be finished with two coats
of good outdoor paint, preferably dark green in color, or
with one coat of shellac, followed by one coat of the best
spar varnish.
Sand Box:
The desire to play in the sand is universal and for little
children, the sand box or sand table is the piece of play-
ground apparatus that brings the largest returns. But
40
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
place it out of the way of stray balls and other similar
dangers.
A good size for the box is five feet by ten feet. First re-
move.the sod from an area of those dimensions, and if the
natural drainage is poor, replace the top layer of soil with
gravel. Procure two boards fifteen feet long and eight
inches wide, a few nails, and a joist, two by three inches,
and eight feet long. Saw the joist into pieces two feet
long, sharpen the ends, and drive them into ground sixteen
inches at the points that are to be the corners of the box.
From each board cut a piece five feet long for the end of
the box. Nail the boards to the corner posts so as to form
the sides and ends; and if you wish, lever the tops.
The apparatus is complete when you have hauled in the
load of sand, preferably of the grade known to dealers as
"fine beach. Be sure it is free from earth. It should be
changed at the first suggestion of foulness. To keep out
stray cats and dogs, it is well to place a woven wire fence
four feet high about the box.
To make a sand table, construct one or more boxes, eight
inches deep, of any desired size, preferably not over three
by six feet. Build a strong table to support .the boxes,
about 12 inches above the ground.
Swing:
Ordinarily, a branch of a tree, a rope and a board are
all that is needed to make a swing; but when the tree is
not conveniently present, make a strong simple frame of
two posts set in concrete, and a crossbar at the top. If
you tie the rope to the crossbar, or to hooks placed in it, the
rope will soon wear through. A better way is to place eye-
bolts, two to three inches apart, in the crosspiece. Into the
eyes insert a two-inch galvanized-iron pipe, with holes
drilled two inches from each end; place oxbow pins in the
holes to hold the pipe in place, and tie the rope to the pipe.
Horizontal Bar:
For the bar itself a galvanized-iron pipe, carefully sand-
papered, two inches in diameter and six feet long, will serve
as well as the more expensive and less durable wood. Two
inches from the end of the pipe drill holes five-eighths of an
inch in diameter. For the supports, use posts four inches
square and nine or ten feet long. Six inches from one end
of each, exactly in the center, bore hole two inches in
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
41
diameter. To intersect this hole at the center at right
angles, bore another one-quarter of an inch in diameter.
Set the uprights in concrete. Dig holes for them three
feet deep, six inches or more square. In a tub, or some
other convenient receptacle, mix one shovelful of Portland
cement, two shovelfuls of sand, and four of coarse gravel
or small stones, with enough water to make a watery mud
pie. When the cement has been thoroughly mixed, pour a
little of it into the bottom of the hole, then put in the up-
right and pour the rest of the cement round it. See that
the upright stands plumb and leave it undisturbed for
forty-eight hours, by which time the cement will have
hardened.
In placing the other upright, remember that the hori-
zontal bar must not belie its name. Probably you will have
to experiment several times with the depth of the founda-
tion layer of concrete before you fix the upright at just the
right height above the ground to make the bar horizontal.
Place the post with the large hole pointing toward the other
post. Pour the concrete as before. When it has hardened
for forty-eight hours, put the bar in place through the holes,
and bolt it there with quarter-inch carriage bolts. You
can set both posts and the bar the same day; but the slower
method described above will give better results.
If you wish a removable crossbar, use a pipe six feet, six
inches long, and arrange the fastening as directed in the
description of the teeter, which follows. With the bar re-
moved, the uprights can be used as a jumping standard. To
hold the string or stick over which the contestant jumps,
drive three-inch nails one inch into the side of the uprights.
Always jump from the side of the uprights opposite to that
in which the nails are placed.
An adjustable bar can be arranged by piercing the up-
rights with as many holes as you want, and fastening the
bar in place as directed in the description of the teeter.
See that the children who use the bar have a soft place in
which, to land. Sand will save injuries and prevent mud
puddles from forming.
Teeter:
A board over a fence or a rock is a teeter, but a better
one can easily be made. For the uprights, get two pieces of
five-by-five-inch joist five and one-half feet long. Four
inches from one end of each piece bore a two-inch hole.
42
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
Have ready a piece of galvanized-iron, two-inch pipe two
feet long, with cap on one end, and a three-eighths inch hole
drilled two inches from the other for an oxbow pin. / You
can use another bow pin instead of a cap, or can substitute
carriage bolts for both, or can drill holes through pipe and
wood, and bolt the pipe in place, as you do the horizontal
bar; but the first suggestion is the simplest, since it permits
the easy removal of the pipe.
Dig holes, with their centres eighteen inches apart, three
feet deep, six inches square. Set first one upright, then
the bar, then the other upright, as directed for the horizon-
tal bar. Be sure to allow the concrete sufficient time to
harden.
The plank should be fourteen feet long, two inches thick,
and ten inches wide; to keep it in place upon the pipe, bolt
to it on under side two crosspieces of hard wood, each two
inches square and ten inches long. For the carriage bolts
that are to hold these crosspieces in place, bore four holes,
each six feet nine inches from each end of the plank, and
three inches from the edge. Pad the ends of the plank, to
form a protection from sudden jars.
The teeter is so popular and so liable to abuse that the
plank should generally be taken in every night; and the bar
removed when the playground is to be closed—officially—
for more than a few days.
Giant Stride:
The basis for a cheaply and easily constructed giant
stride is an old wagon wheel and a pole eighteen feet long
and five inches in diameter at the small end. In almost any
village the wheel can be had for the asking, and the pole
probably can be cut in the woods.
If you use a wheel with a wooden axle stub, remove the
axle from the skein, which is the "tapering metal sleeve sur-
rounding a wooden axle spindle to protect it from wear.
Shape the top of the pole to fit into the axle skein, and
fasten the skein securely in place.
If you use a wheel with a metal axle, cut off the axle
about a foot from the hub, and sharpen it to a point. Here
is where you may have to call upon the blacksmith. Cut
off the spokes four inches from the hub. Into the middle
of the small end of the pole bore a two-inch hole about six
inches, and drive the axle into it. If the blacksmith is help-
ing you, have him shrink an iron collar on the end of the
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
43
pole, to keep it from splitting. It is well to use an all-
metal wheel and axle.
Cut sixty feet of one-inch Manila rope into four equal
pieces. With copper wire, or by splicing, attach the ropes
to the hub. Knot them at the bottom, and about every two
feet for the lower eight feet. After it has been hung in
the sun and rain until it has stretched as much as it will,
apply a thin solution of pine tar to preserve it.
Set the pole in concrete, four feet in the ground. At that
height, the lower knot of the rope should clear the ground
by about two feet. It is well to place a tin or other water-
proof cover over the hub, if it is exposed. The entire wheel
may be used, and the ropes tied to the felly; the result is a
lengthened flying stride, but an increase in danger.
Ball Fields:
The regulation baseball field, with nine-foot lines, re-
quires three acres, but a field half that size will serve. A
backstop is easy to contrive although probably the side of
a shed will continue to be the most common form. Be sure
that small children are not in range of fast balls.
The standard football field requires two and three-quar-
ters acres. Goal posts for Rugby should be erected in the
middle of the ends of the field, eighteen feet six inches
apart, with crossbars ten feet from the ground. For soccer
which is justly growing in popularity the goal posts should
be twenty-four feet apart with the crossbars eight feet
above the ground.
ATHLETICS
Organized athletics under proper control are advanta-
geous, not only in the development of the individual taking
part, but in the development of school morale and spirit.
Athletics, properly supervised, play a very important part
in the develoment of the individual, but sight should not be
lost of the fact that when poorly controlled they are worse
than none at all.
There are two important types of athletics, the inter-
class and inter-school. Both are valuable. Inter-class
athletics are a form of competition in which the whole
student body may take part. As many teams as possible
should be developed within each school for competiton along
all lines. If the teachers will carry out the plans suggested,
this form of athletics will provide in the best way all the
motor activity needed. When athletics are properly regu-
lated and supervised there is no aim of physical education
which they do not meet better than almost any other form
of physical activity. In our games and athletics we have
certain natural movements which have come down through
the ages, and have played a very prominent part in the de-
velopment of the race.
It is the object of inter-class athletics to give to each
boy and girl an opportunity to compete and to realize the
great benefits from this form of activity. It is not the busi-
ness of any school to amuse the public by means of athletics,
but each school is responsible, in a large measure, for the
physical welfare of all its students.
There are, nevertheless, many good things to be derived
from inter-school competition. It gives the more proficient
athlete a chance to take advance work, after his elementary
or class competition. In fact inter-school athletics may be
regarded as a graduate school for those who have partici-
pated in the class games.
It is, therefore urged, that there be organized as many
teams as practicable within each school, and that in this
way both branches of athletics be developed. The organi-
zation of a local society of the "Alabama Public School
Athletic Association, within your school will be a stimu-
lation.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
45
In order to be in condition to take part in any form of
strenuous athletics, the student should "go into training
for a time preceding important meets, games, etc. This
training should include, besides a program of physical
exercise, a special hygienic routine in regard to sleep, diet,
bathing, etc.
A State Athletic Association has been organized for the
purpose of stimulating clean play and athletics within the
schools of the State. Any school which adopts the constitu-
tion may become a member. Additional information will
be sent from the State Department of Education.
INTERCLASS ATHLETICS
Following are some suggested plans for carrying on class
game competition by the organization of groups, either
according to height, or age and grade.
A. Groups According to Height
(Preferred for one-room buildings.)
For the purpose of competition the pupils may be classi-
fled according to their heights, girls and boys above the 4th
or 5th grade to be segregated.
Immediately after the physical examination at the begin-
ning of each year, height should be taken from the cards
and pupils classified as follows:
Elementary School—Boys or Girls.
1st class—over 55 inches.
2nd class—51-55 inches (inclusive.)
3rd class—under 51 inches.
Junior and Senior High School.
Boys Girls
1st class—Over 62 inches. Over 60 inches.
2nd class—57-62 inches (inclus.) 55-60 inches (inclusive).
3rd class—Under 57 inches. Under 55 inches.
This scale can be adjusted to meet local conditions. The
pupils of one class will not compete with those of another,
but pupils of the same class in one room may compete with
same class in another room; all those in the same class may
compete with the corresponding class in another school.,
Each room should have a chart where each pupil's record
of points can be credited to him, in the proper "class. At
46
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
the end of each week see who is the leader in each class.
Also compute the average for each "class in the room, and
compare with corresponding classes in other rooms.
B. Group According to Age and Grade
In the large schools, it is oftentimes more desirable to
group children according to age or grade for these inter-
class games, and award them a certain number of points
for everything which they do. Certain standards of physi-
cal fitness are indicated, whereby the pupil is not only able
to tell just what he should be able to do physically, at his
age, but is also encouraged to do better than the actual re-
quirement. The child's age at the beginning of the school
year should determine the events for which he is eligible
for that year.
Required Records
All work in school is measured by definite progressive
steps. In physical education there are some standards of
physical fitness which should be recognized. There is a
required record given with each event so that each boy or
girl may strive to attain the highest degree of physical ef-
ficiency. These records are arranged for either "height
or "age and grade organization.
Boys
Class III or Grade IV.
Between 9 and 10 years.
Required Record
50 yard dash 8 4/5 sec.
Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 47 ft. 4 in.
Running Broad Jump 6 ft. 6 in.
Running High Jump 2 ft. 5 in.
Standing Broad Jump 3 ft. 7 in.
Class II or Grade V.
Between 10 and 11 years.
Required Record
60 yard dash 11 sec.
Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 57 ft. 2 in.
Running Broad Jump 7 ft.
Running High Jump 2 ft. 8 in.
Standing Broad Jump 4 ft.
Push Up 5 times.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
47
Class I or Grade VI.
Between 11 and 12 years.
Required Record
75 yard dash 12 3/5 sec.
Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 67 ft.
Running Broad Jump 8 ft. 3 in.
Running High Jump 2 ft. 11 in.
Standing Broad Jump 4 ft. 3 in.
Push Up 7 times.
Chinning 3 times..
Girls
Class III or Grade IV.
Between 9 and 10 years.
Required Record
40 yard dash 8 4/5 sec.
Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 25 ft. 9 in.
Running High Jump 2 ft. 5 in.
Standing Broad Jump 3 ft. 1 in.
Class II or Grade V.
Between 10 and 11 years.
Required Record
60 yard dash 11 Sec.
Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 30 ft. 6 in.
Running High Jump 2 ft. 8 in.
Standing Broad Jump 3 ft. 3 in.
Sit Up . 9 times.
Class I or Grade VI.
Between 11 and 12 years.
Required Record
75 yard dash 11 3/5 sec.
Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 35 ft.
Running High Jump 2 ft. 9 in.
Sit Up 12 times.
Standing Broad Jump 3 ft. 6 in.
48
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
Boys
Junior High, 1st year.
Between 12 and 13 years.
Required Record
75 yard dash 12 V2 s^c.
Running High Jump 3 ft. 1 in.
Running Broad Jump 9 ft. 6 in.
Standing Broad Jump 4 ft. 6 in.
Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 77 ft. 2 in.
Chinning 3 times.
Junior High, 2nd year.
• Between 13 and 14 years.
Required Record
100 yard dash 15 sec.
Running High Jump 3 ft. 4 in.
Running Broad Jump 11 ft. 4 in.
Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 88 ft.
League Baseball throw 100 ft.
Sit Up 18 times.
Chinning 4 times.
Basketball over head distance throw 24 ft. 1 in.
Playground or League baseball running catch;
distance between throwing and catching line
75 feet 3 catches in 5 trials
Junior High, 3rd year.
Between 14 and 16 years.
Required Record
100 yard dash 13 4/5 sec.
Running High Jump 3 ft. 11 in.
Running Broad Jump 13 ft.
Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 108 ft.
League baseball throw 140 ft.
Chinning 6 times.
Basket ball over head distance throw 29 ft. 1 in.
Playground or League baseball running catch;
distance between throwing and catching line
90 feet 3 catches in 5 trials
Punting football 71 ft.
Putting 12 lb. shot 23 ft. 8 in.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
49
Girls
Junior High, 1st year.
Between 12 and 13 years.
Required Record
75 yard dash 11 3/5 sec.
Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 43 ft.
Running High Jump 2 ft. 10 in.
Push Up 3 times.
Playground baseball running catch; distance be-
tween throwing and catching line 40 ft.
3 catches in 5 trials
Junior High, 2nd year.
Between 13 and 14 years.
Required Record
75 yard dash 13 1/5 sec.
Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 14 ft. 6 in.
Push Up 4 times.
Playground baseball running catch; distance be-
tween throwing and catching line 50 ft.
3 catches in 5 trials
Potato Race
Balancing 24 ft. in 2 trials
Junior High, 3rd year.
Between 14 and 16 years.
Required Record
75 yard dash 13 3/5 sec.
Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 49 ft. 3 in.
Push Up 5 times.
Playground baseball running catch; distance be-
tween throwing and catching line 60 ft
3 catches in 5 trials
Potato Race
Balancing 24 ft. in 2 trials
Boys
Senior High, 1st year.
Between 14 and 16 years.
Required Record
100 yard dashes 13 3/5 sec.
Running High Jump 4 ft.
50
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
Running Broad Jump 13 ft. 3 in.
Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 120 ft.
League Baseball Throw 160 ft.
Chinning 7 times.
Basketball overhead distance throw 33 ft.
Playground or league baseball running catch;
distance between throwing and catching line
100 feet 3 catches in 5 trials
Punting football 76 ft.
Putting 12 lb. shot 25 ft. 2 in.
Senior High, 2nd year.
Between 16 and 17 years.
Required Record
100 yard dash 13 2/5 sec.
220 yard dash 28 sec.
Running High Jump 4 ft. 1. in.
Running Broad Jump 13 ft. 6 in.
League Baseball Throw 175 ft.
Chinning 8 times.
Punting Football 80 ft.
Putting 12 lb. shot 27 ft. 10 in.
1 mile run 5 min. 55 sec.
Pole vault - 7 ft.
Senior High, 3rd Year.
Between 16 and 18 years.
Required Record
100 yard dash 13 1/5 sec.
220 yard dash 27 3/5 sec.
Running High Jump 4 ft. 3 in.
Running Broad Jump 14 ft. 6 in.
League Baseball Throw 190 ft.
Chinning 9 times.
Punting Football 86 ft.
Putting 12 lb. shot 28 ft. 11 in.
1 mile run 5 min. 38 sec.
Pole vault 7 ft. 9 in.
Girls
Senior High, 1st year.
Required Record
75 yard dash 14 2/5 sec.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
51
Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 53 ft. 6 in.
Playground baseball running catch; distance be-
tween throwing and catching line 65 ft.
3 catches in 5 trials
Basketball goal throwing 3 goals in 5 trials
Push Up 5 times.
Volley ball serving 3 times ip 5 serves
Senior High, 2nd year.
Between 16 and 17 years.
Required Record
75 yard dash 15 sec.
Baseball distance throw (playground ball) 55-ft.
Playground baseball running catch; distance be-
tween throwing and catching line 70 ft.
3 catches in 5 trials
Baseball goal throwing 4 goals in 7 throws
Push Up 5 times.
Volley ball serving 3 times in 5 serves
Senior High, 3rd Year.
Between 16 and 18 years.
Required Record
75 yard dash 15 2/5 sec.
Baseball distance throw (playground ball 56 ft.
Playground baseball running catch; distance be-
tween throwing and catching line, 75 ft.
3 catches in 5 trials
Push Up 5 times.
Volley ball serving 4 times in 6 serves
Point Competition
The following charts are arranged so that it is possible
for all the pupils to win points no matter what their athletic
ability. Individual competitions can be arranged by means
of individual score. Room averages can be computed, and
compared. Competition between several sichools in the
country can also be arranged using these charts as a basis.
There are great possibilities for competition of all sorts and
it is hoped that the teachers will avail themselves of this
opportunity.
SCALE OF POINTS
Boys
cn
to
ELEMENTARY
JUNIOR HIGH
SENIOR HIGH
IV
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
Grade
50-yd. | 60-yd.
75-yd.
75-yd.
100-yd.
100-yd.
100-yd. | 100-yd.
100-yd.
Points
Sec. 1
9 1/5
9
8 4/5
8 3/5
8 2/5
8 1/5
7 4/5
7 3/5
7 2/5
7 1/5
7
6 4/5
6 3/5
6 2/5
6 1/5
Sec.
11 2/5
111/5
11
10 4/5
10 3/5
10 2/5
10 1/5
10
9 4/5
9 3/5
9 2/5
9 1/5
9
8 4/5
8 3/5
8 2/5
Sec.
13 1/5
13
12 4/5
12 3/5
12 2/5
12 1/5
12
11 4/5
113/5
11 2/5
11 1/5
11
10 4/5
10 3/5
10 2/5
10 1/5
Sec.
12 4/5
12 3/5
12 2/5
12 1/5
12
114/5
11 3/5
112/5
11 1/5
11
10 4/5
10 3/5
10 2/5
10 1/5
10
9 4/5
Sec.
15 3/5
15 2/5
15 1/5
15
14 4/5
14 3/5
14 2/5
14 1/5
14
13 4/5
13 3/5
13 2/5
13 1/5
13
12 4/5
12 3/5
Sec.
15 1/5
15
14 4/5
14 3/5
14 2/5
14 1/5
14
13 4/5
13 3/5
13 2/5
13 1/5
13
12 4/5
12 3/5
12 2/5
12 1/5
Sec.
14 2/5
14 1/5
14
13 4/5
13 3/5
13 2/5
13 1/5
13
12 4/5
12 3/5
12 2/5
12 1/5
12
114/5
11 3/5
11 2/5
Sec.
14 1/5
14
13 4/5
13 3/5
13 2/5
13 1/5
13
12 4/5
12 3/5
12 2/5
12 1/5
12
11 4/5
113/5
112/5
11 1/5
Sec.
14
13 4/5
13 3/5| 10
13 2/5| 15
13 1/5| 20
13 | 25
12 4/5| 30
12 3/51 35
12 2/5| - 40
12 1/5] 45
12 | 50
114/5| 55
113/5| 60
112/5| - 65
111/5) 70
11 75
80
85
90
95
100
6
8 1/5
5 4/5
8
5 3/5
7 4/5
5 2/5
7 3/5
5 1/5
7 2/5
10 ||
9 4/5||
9 3/5||
9 2/5||
9 1/5||
9 3/5
9 2/5
9 1/5
8
8 4/5
12 2/5
12 1/5
12
11 4/5
11 3/5
12
114/511
11 3/5||
112/5||
111/5||
111/5
11
10 4/5
10 3/5
10 2/5
11
10 4/5
10 3/5
10 2/5
10 1/5
10 4/5| 80
10 3/5| 85
10 2/5| 90
10 1/5| 95
10 1 100
a
in
HH
a
>
a
a
G
a
o
HH
O
2
l—l
to
CO
CO
SCALE OF POINTS
Boys
cn
STANDING BROAD JUMP
RUNNING BROAD JUMP
ELEMENTARY
ELEMENTARY
JUNIOR HIGH
Grade
IV
V
VI
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
Points
ft. in,
ft.
in.
ft. in.
ft.
in.
ft.
in.
ft. in. |
ft.
in.
ft.
in.
ft. in.
ft.
in.
ft. in.
ft. in.
Points
0
3
2
3
6
3
9
5
9
6
3
7
6|
8
9
10
4
11
6
12
4
13
13
6
0
2
3
3
3
7
3
10
5
10
6
4
7
71
81
8
10
10
5
11
7
12
5
13
1
13
7
2
4
3
4
3
8
3
11
5
11
6
5
7
8
11
10
6
11
8
12
6
13
2
13
8
4
6
3
b
3
9
4
6
6
6
7
9
9
10
7
11
9
12
7
13
3
13
9
6
8
3
6
3
10
4
1
6
1
6
7
7
101
9
1
10
8
11
10
12
8
13
4
13
10
8
10
3
7
3
11
4
2
6
2
6
8
7
HI
9
2
10
9
11
11
12
9
13
5
13
1.1
10
12
3
8
4
4
3
6
3
6
9
8
9
3
10
10
12
12
10
13
6
14
12
14
3
9
4
1
4
4
6
4
6
10
8
11
9
4
10
11
12
1
12
11
13
7
14
1
14
16
3
10
4
2
4
5
6
5
6
11
8
2
9
5
11
12
2
13
13
8
14
2
16
18
3
11
4
3
4
6
6
6
7
8
31
9
6
11
1
12
3
13
1
13
9
14
3
18
20
4
1
4
4
4
7
6
7
7
1
8
4!
9
7
11
2
12
4
13
2
13
10
14
4
20
22
4
4
b
4
8
6
8
7
2
8
51
9
8
11
3
12
5
13
3
13
11
14
5
22
24
4
2
4
6
4
9
6
9
7
3
8
6'
9
9
11
4
12
6
13
4
14
14
6
24
26
4
3
4
7
4
10
6
10
7
4
8
71
9
10
11
5
12
7
13
5
14
1
14
7
26
28
4
4
4
8
4
11
6
11
7
5
8
81
U
9
11
11
6
12
8
13
6
14
2
14
8
28
SENIOR HIGH
30
4
5
4
9
5
7
7
6
8
9|
10
11
7
12
•1
13
7
14
32
4
6
4
10
5
ill
7
1
7
7
8
10!
10
1
11
8
12
10
13
8
14
34
4
7
4
11
5
21|
7
2
7
8
8
11!
10
2
11
9
12
11
13
9
14
36
4
8
5
5
31|
7
3
7
9
9
10
3
11
10
13
13
10
14
38
4
9
5
1
5
4 |
7
4
7
10
9
11
10
4
11
11
13
1
13
11
14
40
4
10
5
2
5
51|
7
5
7
11
9
2
10
5
12
13
2
14
14
42
4
11
5
3
5
61|
7
6
8
9
3
10
6
12
1
13
3
14
1
14
44
5
5
4
5
7II
7
7
8
1
9
4'
10
7
12
2
13
4
14
2
14
46
48
5
1
5
5
5
81|
7
8
8
2
9
5'
10
8
12
3
13
"5
14
3
14
5
2
5
6
5
911
7
9
8
3
9
6
10
9
12
4
13
6
14
4
15
50
5
3
5
7
5
10||
7
10
8
4
9
7'
10
10
12
5
13
7
14
5
15
52
5
4
5
8
5
1111
7
11
8
5
9
8!
10
11
12
6
13
8
14
6
15
54
5
5
5
9
6
8
8
6
9
91
11
12
7
13
9
14
7
15
56
5
6
5
10
6
111
8
1
8
7
9
101
11
1
12
8
13
10
14
8
15
58
5
7
5
11
6
211
8
2
8
8
9
11!
11
2
12
9
13
11
14
9
15
60
5
8
6
6
31|
8
3
8
9
10
11
3
12
10
14
14
10
15
62
5
9
6
1
6
41|
8
4
8
10
10
1!
11
4
12
11
14
1
14
11
15
64
5
10
6
2
6
511
8
5
8
11
10
2
11
5
13
14
2
15
15
66
5
11
6
3
6
61|
8
6
9
10
3
11
6
13
1
14
3
15
1
15
68
6
6
4
6
7II
8
7
9
1
10
41
11
7
13
2
14
4
15
2
15
70
6
1
6
5
6
811
8
8
9
2
10
51
11
8
13
3
14
5
15
3
15
72
6
2
6
6
6
9II
8
9
9
3
10
6!
11
9
13
4
14
6
15
4
16
74
6
3
6
7
6
10||
8
10
9
4
10
71
11
10
13
5
14
7
15
5
16
76
6
4
6
8
6
1111
8
11
9
5
10
8!
11
11
13
6
14
8
15
6
16
78
6
5
6
9
7
9
9
6
10
91
12
13
7
14
9
15
7
16
80
6
6
6
10
7
111
9
1
9
7
10
10'
1
12
1
13
8
14
10
15
8
16
3! 14
4114
5114
6 15
7 15
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
9|
10|
111
"l'|
21
31
41
51
61
I
71
81
91
10|
111
II
2|
3|
4|
51
61
71
81
91
101
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
TJ
K
xn
HH
O
F
H
O
c
a
>
HH
O
2
cn
or
SCALE OF POINTS
Boys
cn
O
RUNNING HIGH JUMP
POLE VAULT
ELEMENTARY
JUNIOR HIGH
SENIOR HIGH
SENIOR HIGH
Grade I IV
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
XI
XII
! 1 II
II 1
II 1
Points
ft.
in.
ft.
in.
ft.
II
in. ft.
II
in.
ft.
in.
ft.
II
in. ||ft.
in.
||ft.
in.
ft.
in. .
Ift.
in.
|ft.
in.
Points
0
2
2
2
2
II
5 12
7
2
10
3
113
5
3
7
3
9
6
6
6
0
2
2
y2
2
2%
2
5y2||2
7%
2
ioy2
3
3% || 3
51/2
3
71/2
3
91/2
6
V2
6
61/2
2
4
2
I
2
3
2
6 || 2
8
2
11
3
4 ||3
6
3
8
3
10
6
1
6
7
4
6
2
iy2
2
3y2
2
6y2 | | 2
8i/2
2
11%
3
41/2 ||3
61/2
3
81/2
3
10y2
6
1 %
6
71/2
6
8
2
2
2
4
2
7 |]2
II
9
3
3
5 ||3
7
3
9
3
11
6
2
6
8
8
10
2
2y2
2
4%
2
7% || 2
91/2
3
%
3
||
5% ||3
7%
3
9y2
3
11 %
6
2y2
6
81/2
10
12
2
3
2
5
2
8 || 2
10
3
1
3
6 || 3
8
3
10
4
6
3
6
9
12
14
2
3y2
2
5y2
2
8y2||2
ioy2
3
1%
3
61/21| 3
81/2
3
ioy2
4
1/2
6
3y2
6
9y2
14
16 |2
4
2
6
2
9 j| 2
11
3
2
3
7 || 3
9
3
11
4
1
6
4
6
10
16
18 |2
4y2
2
6y2
2
9y2||2
||
11%
3
2 %
3
7% ||3
||
91/2
3
11 %
4
1%
6
4y2
6
10 y2
18
20
2
5
2
7
2
10 ||3
3
3
3
II
8 ||3
10
4
4
2
6
5
6
11
20
22 |
2
5%
2
7y2
2
10% ||3
%
3
3%
3
81/2 ||3
10%
4
%
4
21/2
6
51/2
6
iiy2
22
24
2
6
2
8
2
11 1! 3
1
3
4
3
9 ||3
11
4
1
4
3
6
6
7
24
26 |2
6%
2
8y2
2
11% II3
1%
3
4%
3
91/21| 3
11%
4
1%
4
31/2
6
61/2
7
%
26
28
2
7
2
9
3
| 3
II
2
3
5
3
10 II4
II
4
2
4
4
6
7
7
1
28
30
2
7%
2
9%
3
%
|3
2%
3
5%
3
10%
|4
Y2
4
2%
4
4% || 6
7%
7
1%
| 30
32
2
8
2
10
3
1
|3
3
3
6
3
11
4
1
4
3
4
5 || 6
8
7
2
32
34
2
8%
2
10%
3
1%
3
3%
3
6%
3
11%
4
1%
4
3%
4
5% || 6
8%
7
2% | 34
36
2
9
2
11
3
2
3
4
3
7
4
4
2
4
4
4
6 || 6
9
7
3
36
38
2
9%
2
11%
3
2%
13
4%
3
7%
4
%
14
2%
4
4%
4
6% || 6
||
9%
7
3%
38
40
2
10
3
3
3
|3
5
3
8
4
1
|4
3
4
5
4
II
7 || 6
10
7
4
40
42
2
10%
3
%
3
3%
3
5%
3
8%
4
1%
4
3%
4
5%
4
7% || 6
10%
7
4%
42
44
2
11
3
I
3
4
|3
6
3
9
4
2
4
4
4
6
4
8 |I6
11
7
5
44
46
2
11%
3
i%
3
4%
|3 ■
6%
3
9%
4
2%
|4
4%
4
6%
4
8 % n 6
11%
7
5%
46
48
3
3
2
3
5
|3
7
3
10
4
3
4
5
4
7
4
9 ||7
f|
7
6
48
50
3
%
3
2%
3
5%
13
7%
3
10%
4
3%
4
5%
4
7%
4
II
9% || 7
%
7
6%
50
52
3
1
3
3
3
6
|3
8
3
11
4
4
4
6
4
8
4
10 || 7
1
7
7
52
54
3
1%
3
3%
3
6%
|3
8%
3
11%
4
4%
4
6%
4
8%
4
10% || 7
1%
7
7%
54
56
3
2
3
4
3
7
|3
9
4
4
5
4
7
4
9
4
11 || 7
2
7
8
56
58 .
3
2%
3
41/2
3
7%
13
9%
4
%
4
5%
4
7%
4
9%
4
11% II7
||
2%
7
8%
58
60
3
3
3
5
3
8
13
10
4
1
4
6
4
8
4
10
5
II
117
3
7
9
60
62
3
3%
3
5% 13
8%
|3
10%
4
1%
4
.6%
|4
8%
4
10%
5
%l|7
3%
7
9%
62
64
3
4
3
6
3
9
|3
11
4
2
4
7
|4
9
4
11
5
1 |J 7
4
7
10
64
66
3
4%
3
6%
3
9%
|3
11%
4
2%
4
7%
|4
9%
4
11%
5
1 % II7
4%
7
10%
66
68
3
5
3
7
3
10
4
4
3
4
8
4
10
5
5
2 ||7
|
5
7
11
68
70
3
5%
3
7%
3
10%
|4
%
4
3%
4
8%
|4
10 %
5
%
5
II
2% || 7
5%
7
11%
70
72
3
6
3
8
3
11
4
1
4
4
4
9
14
11 '
5
1
5
3 || 7
6
8
72
74
3
6%
3
8%
3
11%
|4
1%
4
4%
4
9%
4
11%
5
1%
5
3% || 7
6%
8
V2
74
76
3
7
3
9
4
[4
2
4
5
4
10
5
5
2
5
4 || 7
7
8
1
76
78
1 o
O
7% |3
9%
4
%
4
2%
4
5%
4
10%
|5
%
5
2%
5
4% ||7
7%
8
.1%
78
80
3
I
8
3
10
4
1
4
3
4
6
4
11
15
1
5
3
5
5 ||7
II
8
8
2
80
Cn
SCALE OF POINTS
Boys
Vl
00
BASEBALL DISTANCE THROW (PLAYGROUND BALL)
FOOTBALL PUNT
ELEMENTARY
JUNIOR HIGH
Junior
SENIOR HIGH
Grade
IV
• v
VI
VII
VIII
IX
IX
X
XI
XII
Points
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
0
42
55
62
72
79
85 |
63
67
72
77
2
44
57
64
74
81
87 |
65
69
74
79
4
46
59
66
76
83
89 |
67
71
76
81
6
48
61
68
78
85
91 |
69
73
78
83
8
50
63
70
80
87
93 |
71
75
80
85
10
52
65
72
82
89
95 |
73
77
82
87
12
54
67
74
84
91
97 |
75
79
84
89
14
56
69
76
86
93
99 |
77
81
86
91
16
58
71
78
88
95
101 |
79
83
88
93
18
60
73
80
90
97
103 |
81
85
90
95
20
62
75
82
92
99
105 |
83
87
92
97
22
64
77
84
94
101
107 |
85
89
94
99
24
66
79
86
96
103
109 |
87
97
95
101
26
68
81
88
98
105
111 |
89
93
98
103
28
70
83
90
100
107
113 |
91
95
100
105
30
72
85
92
102
109
115
93
97
102
107
32
74
87
94
104
111
117
95
99
104
109
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
•>#©00 O(M^©00 ©<NN<©00 © <N -# © 00 © <N © 00 O
COCOCO -# N> •#•*(<-# ©> ro © HO) LO CO © © © © t-t-C-t-C-00
59
t- 05 1—I CO iO t> a rH CO ic
HHIMNN <N<N<TOCOCO
rH rH rH rH rH rH rH rH rH rH
<N -# ZD 00 O <N "# © 00 © <N "># © 00 © CM •# © 00 © <N
HHHHN <N<N<MC<1CO CO CO CO CO -# N< •#-#•# © ©
r-1 CO © t- © rH CO © t~ © i—I CO © C— OO i—I CO IL©
OOO OOHHH rH rH <M <M (N <M <N CO CO CO
rH rH rH rH rH rH rH rH rH rH t-H rH rH rr tH rH rH rH
CO © t- © t-l
OS rH CO LO b- Ci rH CO i-O L—
HNC3NN W CO CO CO CO
rH rH rH rH rH rH rH rH rH rH
<Nf©000 <N -# © 00 ©
HHHH(N <N (M <M CN CO
03-^0000
CO CO CO CO
IN •# © 00 © <N
D 00 © <N-#©00© <N © 00 © <N ^ © 00 © <N •# © 00 © <N
7J © O ©©©©rH HHHHN <N<N<N<NCO CJCOCOCO^^1
SCALE OF POTNTS
Boys
a
©
BASEBALL DISTANCE THROW (LEAGUE BALL)
BASKETBALL THROW
JUNIOR HIGH
SENIOR HIGH
JUNIOR HIGH
SENIOR HIGH
Grade
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
VII
IX
Points
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
feet
95
97
99
101
103
105
107
109
111
113
115
117
119
121
123
125
127
feet
120
122
124
126
128
130
132
134
136
138
140
142
144
146
148
150
152
feet
130
132
134
136
138
140
142
144
146
148
150
152
154
156
158
160
162
feet
150
152
154
156
158
160
162
164
166
168
170
172
174
176
178
180
182
feet
165
167
169
171
173
175
177
179
181
183
185
187
189
191
193
195
197
feet
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
feet
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
feet
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
Points
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
cn cn 2S23222 £ ^ ^ 50 00 O <M © 00 ONrftOOOO
CO CO CO Tf "^T LQ LO LO LO LQ ^D {£) CD CD CD t- tr- t> t> tr- 00
co ©> t-
CD CD CD
OS i—I CO lO t-
t- oo oo oo oo
Oi r-l coiot>
00 OS OS OS OS
c* th co id t- oa
Oi O O O O O
Oi 1-H CO
io co ©
ID t> O tH CO
CO CO CD t- t-
©> t- OS r-l CO
t-1-1- oo oo
id t> a th co
00 00 00 © Cs
lO t- OS r-l CO IC
DDDOOO
OS rH CO
os o o
i—i <M <M
lOt-DHCO
OOOHH
<M <M <M <M <M
SO t- OS TH CO
H H H <N CM
<MCVI<M<M<M
ID fc— Oi i—I CO
CQ D3 <M CO CO
<M<M<M<M<M
© t- OS rH CO UO
CO CO CO Tji Tj<
<M<M<M<M<MIM
O <M CO 00
o o o o o
<M<M<M<M<M
©<M CD 00
rH tH rH t-H
<M<M<M<M<M
© <M © 00 ©
<M<M<M<MIMC0
<M<M<M<M<M<M
CD 00
co © ©
tH tH rH
© <M Tf © 00 ©
© © © © © rH
<M<M<M<M<M<M
_n rn OO O <M -<# © 00 © <M © 00 © <M © CO © <M © CO ©
^COCO n< "CP Hi 1010>©101D CO©©©© t- t- C- t- t- 00
SCALE OF POINTS
Boys
12-POUND SHOT II 1-MILE RUN
JUNIOR HIGH
SENIOR HIGH
Grade
IX
X
XI
XII
XI
XII
ft.
in.
ft.
in.
ft.
in.
ft. in.
| min.
sec.
min.
sec.
Points
IS
2
21
2
23
2
25
5
55
5
40
0
18
4
21
4
23
4
25 .
2
1 5
54
5
39
1
18
6
21
6
23
6
25
4
1 5
53
5
38
2
18
8
21
8
23
8
25
6
1 5
52
5
37
3
18
10
21
10
23
10
25
8
1 5
51
5
36
4
19
22
24
25
10
1 5
50
5
35
5
19
2
22
2
24
2
26
1 5
49
5
34
6
19
4
22
4
24
4
26
2
1 5
48
5
33
7
19
6
22
6
24
6
26
4
1 5
47
5
32
8
19
8
22
8
24
8
26
6
1 5
46
5
31
9
19
10
22
10
24
10
26
8
1 5
45
5
30
10
20
28
25
26
10
1 5
44
5
29
• 11
20
2
28
2
25
2
27
1 5
43
5
28
12
20
4
23
4
25
4
27
2
1 5
42
5
27
13
20
6
23
6
25
6
27
4
1 5
41
5
26
14
20
8
23
8
25
8
27
6
1 5
40
5
25
15
Points
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
Jgt-oOCTso HNM^tw ©t-oo©©
I-III n rt W CH CH eg CH en <NIMC<1C<ICO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO
™25$S^£ 0500t-©to TfCONHO ©OOC-©to -tfCO<Ni-<
<N<N<N<N<N HHHHrt HHHHH
icio wioio loioioioio m in m m m inioioiom intotoinin
© 00 t- © to Tj< CO <N iH O © 00 t-© to CO <N iH O © 00 C- CO to
eococoeoco COCOCOCOCO <N<N<N<N<N <N<N<N<N<N HHHHH
in in m min in m m m m mmtototo tototoinm tototomm
000 !<N-tf ©00© ! IN Tl<<D00O <N "<* CO 00 O i CH TP to 00
t- t- 00 00 00 00 00 00 <35 OS ClGlOlOlO OOOOO HHHHH
<N<N<N<N<N <N<N<NCH<N <N<N<N<NCO COCOCOCOCO COCOCOCOCO
O iCH^© 00© ;<N^ ©00© I© Tt<©00© CH *^ © 00 ©
to©©©© © © t- c- t- c- t- c- oo oo oooooooo© ©©©©©
<N<N<N<N<N <N<N<N<N<N <N<N<N<N<N <N<N<N<N<N <N<N<N<N<N
© ! <N "^ © 00© i <N ©00© !<N rtf © 00 © IN © 00 ©
ca tH i# ^ -^h in in to toioto©© co © © © t- c-c-t-t-t-
NNNNN CH<N<N<N<N CH<NCH<N<N CHCH<N<N<N <NCH<NCH<N
Ht< © 00© i <N ^ ©00© i CH © 00 © <N© 00 ©
_i __J _( CH CH CH CHCHCHCOCO MCOCOCOH
§CHCHCHCH <N<NCHCH<N CHCH<N<N<N CHCHCHCHCH CHCHCHCHCH
nn m © I CH CO ^ to ©C-00©© H(NC0H<to © 00 © ©
^5 T-H rH CH CHCHCHCHCH CHCHCHCHCO COCOCOCOCO CO CO CO CO ^
SCALE OF POINTS
Girls
DASHES
ELEMENTARY
JUNIOR HIGH
SENIOR HIGH
Grade
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
40-yd.
60-yd.
75-yd.
75-yd.
75-yd.
75-yd.
75-yd.
75-yd.
75-yd.
Points
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
sec.
9 3/5
9 2/5
9 1/5
9
8 4/5
8 3/5
8 2/5
8 1/5
4/5
3/5
sec.
11 3/5
11 2/5
11 1/5
11
10 4/5
10 3/5
10 2/5
10 1/5
10
9 4/5
9 3/5
2/5
1/5
7
7
7
6 4/5
2/5
1/5
9
9
9
8 4/5
sec.
14 2/5
14 1/5
14
13 4/5
13 3/5
13 2/5
13 1/5
13
12 4/5
12 3/5
12 2/5
12 1/5
12
11 4/5
11 3/5
sec.
14 1/5
14
13 4/5
13 3/5
13 2/5
13 1/5
13
12 4/5
12 3/5
12 2/5
12 1/5
12
11 4/5
11 3/5
11 2/5
sec.
14
13 4/5
13 3/5
13 2/5
13 1/5
13
12 4/5
12 3/5
12 2/5
12 1/5
12
11 4/5
11 3/5
11 2/5
11 1/5
sec.
14 2/5
14 1/5
14
13 4/5
13 3/5
13 2/5
13 1/5
13
12 4/5
12 3/5
12 2/5
12 1/5
12
11 4/5
11 3/5
sec.
15
14 4/5
14 3/5
14 2/5
14 1/5
14
13 4/5
13 3/5
13 2/5
13 1/5
13
12 4/5
12 3/5
12 2/5
12 1/5
sec.
16
15 4/5
15 3/5
15 2/5
15 1/5
15
14 4/5
14 3/5
14 2/5
14 1/5
14
13 4/5
13 3/5
13 2/5
13 1/5
sec.
16 4/5
16 3/5
16 2/5
16 1/5
16
15 4/5
Points
15 3/51 30
15 2/5
15 1/5
15
14 £/5
14 3/5
14 2/5
14 1/5
14
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75 ..
80 ..
85 _
90 ..
95 ..
100
6 3/5
6 2/5
6 1/5
6
5 4/5
5 3/5
3/5
2/5
1/5
7 4/5
7 3/5
11 2/5
11 1/5
11
10 4/5
10 3/5
10 2/5
11 1/5
11
10 4/5
10 3/5
10 2/5
10 1/5
11
10 4/5
10 3/5
10 2/5
10 1/5
10
11 2/5
11 1/5
11
10 4/5
10 3/5
10 2/5
12
11 4/5
11 3/5
11 2/5
11 1/5
11
13 | 13 4/51 75
12 4/51 13 3/51 80
12 3/5 13 2/5 85
12 2/5 13 1/51 90
12 1/5 13 | 95
12 I 12 4/51 100
a
a
CO
HH
o
>
a
a
o
a
o
>
HH
O
ZD
to
CO
o>
cn
STANDING BROAD JUMP
Grade
IV
V
Points
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
ft.
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
9
10
11
9
10
11
ft.
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
SCALE OF POINTS
Girls
II
l!
II
ELEMENTARY
VI
ft.
in.
ft.
in.
3
2
3
1
2
y2
3
2
2
i
3
3
2
i%
3
4
2
2
3
5
2
2%
3
6
2
3
3
7
2
3%
3
8
2
4
3
9
2
4y2
3
10
2
5
3
11
2
5y2
4
2
6
4
1
2
6%
4
2
2
7
4
3
2
7%
4
4
2
8
RUNNING HIGH JUMP
VI
ft. in.
ft. in.
2 2
2 3
2 2y2
2 3%
2 3
2 4
2 3y2
2 4y2
2 4
2 5
2 4%
2 5%
2 5
2 6
2 5%
2 6y2
2 6
2 7
2 6%
2 7%
2 7
2 8
2 7%
2 8%
2 8
2 9
2 8%
2 9%
2 9
2 10
2 9%
2 10%
2 10
2 11
IV
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
rH ! lH HNNCOCO ■** tJi © © © © t- C- 00 00 ClOlOOH
67
■^«0 000 NTI* ffiOOO 000 OJ ^ CO 00 © <N TJ< © 00 ©
COCOCOrj* ^Ji rji tJ< © ©©©©© © © © © C- t- t- C- C- 00
(N CO CO 00 CO CO CO CO © ©©©©© CO CO CO CO CO ©©©CO©
^3 ^3 ^^3^3 ^3^3 ^3^3^3 ^ ^
OHH HHNN ©©-^Tf© © © © t- C- 00 00 © OS O
(N (N <N © ©©©©© ©OT©©© ©©©©© ©©©©©
^3 ^3 ^3 ^3 ^3 ^3 ^3 ^3^^ ^3 ^3
OOOSOi© Oi-tT-t H H <M <M © © rj< rtfi © © © © t- C- CO
WN(M W <N <N 03 CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO
©©C-00 ©Or-4 : r-l <N © © © t-00C5©i-l !HN©^
^ Tt< lO to IC 1C LO LO LQ lOlCLCiCLO to c© CD CO CO
N © Tl< © © t- CO OS © 1-1 : rH <M © r* © © C-00 © © r-l ! iH
Ti< TC Tj< Tj< ->3< © © © © ©©©©© ©©©©©
i—I (N © ■<# © © t- CO © © t-H : r-l <N © rtf © © t- CO © © r-l
^ rf © © ©©©©© ©©©©©
T* © 00 © <N TP © 00 © <N^©00© (M -rt< © CO © (©-rj< © 00 O
© © © "<3< ^ © ©©©©©> © © © © C- t- t- C- t- CO
SCALE OF POINTS
Girls
BASEBALL DISTANCE THROW (PLAYGROUND BALL)
ELEMENTARY
JUNIOR HIGH
SENIOR HIGH
Grade
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
feet
Points
21 '
25
30
38
41 .
44
48
50
52
0
23
27
32
40
43
46
50
52
54
2
25
29
34
42
45
48
52
54
56
4
27
31
36
44
47
50
54
56
58
6
29
33
38
46
49
52
56
58
60
___ 8
31
35
40
48
51
54
58
60
62
10
33
37
42
50
53
56
60
62
64
12
35
39
44
52
55
58
62
64
66
_ 14
37
41
46
54
57
60
64
66
68
16
39
43
48
56
59
62
66
68
70
18
41
45
50
58
61
64
68
70
72
20
43
47
52
60
63
66
70
72
74
22
45
49
54
62
65
68
72
74
76
24
47
51
56
64
67
70
74
76
78
26
49
53
58
66
69
72
76
78
80
28
51
55
60
68
71
74
78
80
82
30
53
57
62
70
73
76
80
82
84
32
55
59
64
72
75
78
82
84
86
34
Points
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
OOOO.'di# CD 00 © <M (OOOONni CDOCOcg Tf«£>00O
COCO^^TJ* T^^IQLOLO LO lO CO CD CD CO CO t> O t*-1> t- oo
MONTIHO
oo cs as cs as
CO O IM ^ tO
as o o o o
00 O <M ^ CO
© H H H rH
CO GO O (N
<N <M CO CO
CDCOOW^
O'j © w w
tOOOONrf
O O rH rH i~H
^ CD 00 O
OJ <N <M CO
^tOOOON
oo oo oo as as
-cj< CD 00 O eg
OOQOO
■<# tOOOON
o o o th th
•<#tOOOO (M Tt* to 00
hhhn eg (M eg eg
ocg-^eooo o eg eo oo ocg-^eooo ocg-^co ooocg-^
oooooooooo asasasasas ooooo hhhh th eg eg eg
t- as th eo
OOHH
rH tH rH
Tf tOOOON TftOOOON ^CDOOOeg ^tOOOO
t-1-1-oo oo ooooooascs osasasoo oooih
D3 ^ CD 00
to oo o eg
CD CD C- t- C-
coooocg^ coooocg-ctt coooocg tj<cdooo
c-t-oooooo ooooasasas asosoo oooth
t- as i-i eo ta
CD CD E- C- t-
t- OS rH CO vo
t- t- 00 00 00
t- as ih eo
oo oo as as
coooocg^
T}< ID ID LO
SCALE OF POINTS
Girls
O
o
POTATO RACE
FLAG RACE
JUNIOR HIGH
Elementary
JUNIOR HIGH
VIII
II
IX ||
II
VI
VII
VIII
IX
sec.
II
sec. |
sec.
sec.
sec.
sec.
Points
44
41
II
15
3/5
15
20
20
4/5
0
43 4/5
40
4/5 ||
15
2/5
14
4/5
19
4/5
20
3/5
5
43 3/5
40
3/5 ||
15
1/5
14
3/5
19
3/5
20
2/5
10
43 2/5
40
2/5 ||
15
14
2/5
19
2/5
20
1/5
15
43 1/5
40
1/5 II
14
4/5
14
1/5
19
1/5
20
20
43
40
1!
14
3/5
14
19
19
4/5
25
42 4/5
39
4/5 ||
14
2/5
13
4/5
18
4/5
19
3/5
30
42 3/5
39
3/5 ||
14
1/5
13
3/5
18
3/5
19
2/5
35
42 2/5
39
2/5 ||
14
13
2/5
18
2/5
19
1/5
40
42 1/5
39
1/5 II
13
4/5
13
1/5
18
1/5
19
45
42
39
II
13
3/5
13
18
18
4/5
50
41 4/5
38
4/5 ||
13
2/5
12
4/5
17
4/5
18
3/5
55
41 3/5
38
3/5 ||
13
1/5
12
3/5
17
3/5
18
2/5
60
41 2/5
38
2/5 ||
13
12
2/5
17
2/5
18
1/5
65
41 1/5
38
1/5 ||
12
4/5
12
1/5
17
1/5
18
70
41
38
||
12
3/5
12
17
17
4/5
75
40 4/5
37
4/5 ||
12
2/5
11
4/5
16
4/5
17
3/5
80
40 3/5
37
3/5 ||
12
1/5
11
3/5
16
3/5
17
2/5
85
40 2/5
37
2/5 ||
12
11
2/5
16
2/5
17
1/5
90
40 1/5
37
1/5 ||
11
4/5
11
1/5
16
1/5
17
95
40
37
II
11
3/5
11
16
16
4/5
100
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
71
Rules for Events
. Baseball Distance Throw:
The thrower is allowed to run in making the throw, but
must not run over the throwing line. Measure shortest dis-
tance from throwing line to spot where ball first hit the
ground. Three throws shall be allowed and the best throw
counted. Scale of points, see pages 58, 60 and 68.
Balancing:
Use a standard beam or a two by four with the narrow
part up. The length should be at least ten feet.
Chi:: ring:
A portable chinning bar can be placed in a doorway. Bar
must be high enough so the contestant can hang at full
length and not touch the ground. Either an "under or
"over grasp is allowed. Each time he must pull up so that
chin will be level with top of bar, and then lower himself
to full length. He must not swing, jerk or kick. Each pull
up counts one point.
Dashes:
Any kind of a starting position may be used, either a
standing position or a crouching sprinting start.
The "starter says "on your marks, "get set, "go. If
the sprint start is used, when the signal "on your marks is
given the pupil puts finger on starting line, kneels on one
knee which should be about 10 inches back of starting line,
and places foot beside knee. When the signal "get set is
given he raises up on his toes, leans forward on hands and
looks down the tract. He starts with the signal "go or
better with a starter's pistol. Scale of points, see pages
52 and 64.
Flag Race:
Six one-pint bottles and three 10-inch or 12-inch flags
are necessary.
Arrangement for Girls: Arrange bottles number one,
two and three, and bottles four, five and six, in two parallel
lines, with five-foot intervals between bottles in each line.
The distance between bottles number three and four shall
be ten feet. The starting line for Grade VI shall be twenty
feet, for Grade VII twenty-five feet, and for high school
thirty-five feet from bottle number one.
72
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
The race for boys and girls is the same. Place one flag in
bottles number one, two and three. The contestant runs
from the starting line, removes the flag from bottle number
one and places it in bottle number four. He returns for
flag number two, passing between bottles number one and
two, and places it in bottle number five. He returns for flag
number three, passing between bottles number two and
three and places it in bottle number six, and then crosses
the starting line. See Dashes for start and finish. Scale of
points on page 70.
Potato Race:
Draw four circles in a direct line, twelve inches in diame-
ter and five yards apart from center to center. Have a
starting line five yards from the center of first grade.
A basket containing four stones or potatoes, is placed on
the starting line. At a signal the contestant who is stand-
ing on the starting line, takes one potato, runs and places
"it in the first circle, returns for another potato and runs
with that to another circle. As soon as the last potato is
placed, he returns to the starting line and then runs back to
the first circle, getting potato and returns it to the basket,
and continues in this way until all the potatoes are returned
to basket. Scale of points, see page 70.
Punting Football:
Use a regular football. Punter may take as many steps
as he wishes before punting, but must not step over the
punting line. Measure the shortest distance from punting
line to place where ball first strikes the ground. Three
punts should be permitted, and best one counted. Scale of
points, see page 58.
Push Up:
Have the pupils lie face downward flat on the floor. Put
the hands flat on floor close to shoulders. Straighten arms,
and push up, supporting weight on hands and toes, keep
back stiff. Lower body and without resting push up again.
Each push up counts one point.
Regular Relay Races:
Any kind of a start may be used. Either run the race
in a circle or to a given point and return. The runner who
starts for each team should carry a baton or stick and hand
it to his team-mate, after running his distance. A relay
should consist of:
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
73
360 yards—8 men, each running—45 yards.
440 yards—8 men, each running—55 yards.
880 yards—8 men, each running—110 yards.
Three places should be counted, 1st 5 points, 2nd 3 points,
3rd, 1 point.
Running Broad Jump:
Measure from toe to heel. A starting mark need not be
used but mark left by toe in jumping should be noted.
Measure shortest distance to mark left in landing, etc.
Three trials are allowed. Scale of points, see page 54.
Standing Broad Jump:
Jump from a definite starting line and toe the mark.
Measure from toe shortest distance to mark left by heel or
other part of body or clothing. Three trials are allowed.
Scale of points, see pages 54 and 66.
Running High Jump:
Each contestant should have three trials for each height.
If he runs under to cross bar it is counted as a trial. He
may use any form he desires. The number of inches he
jumps determine the number of points received. Scale of
points, see pages 56 and 66.
Sit Up:
Have the pupil lie down on his back, arms beside body,
legs out straight and heels together. He then raises trunk
of body to a sitting position keeping heels on floor, knees
and elbows straight. Pupil must not grasp clothing or
touch floor with hands. When the sitting position is
reached, immediately lower the trunk and when the head
touches floor raise trunk again, etc. Each sitting position
counts one point.
Target Throw:
Indoor baseball is used. Target placed at distance of 20,
25 and 30 feet from throwing line. Draw target circles on
wall or fence out of doors:
Counts as follows:
Inside circle—diameter 1 ft.—30 points.
2nd circle—diameter 3 ft.—20 points.
3rd circle—diameter 5 ft.—10 points.
4th circle—diameter 7 ft.—5 points.
Faoh contestant must take three throws—total points
of the three throws are counted as each individual score.
74
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
Volley Ball Serving:
Stretch a cord or volley ball net across a playing area at
a height of 8 feet. Draw a serving line 24 feet from net.
The contestant should toe the line with either foot. The
ball is thrown in the air with one hand and struck with the
other over the net, so that it will fall within a square twelve
by twelve feet. Three trials should be allowed.
Great care must be taken in the organization of inter-
school athletics. The first important matter to be eonsid-
ered is the coach or teacher in charge. He should be one of
excellent character and personality and one who possesses
the spirit of fair play.
Definite rules must be drawn up governing the eligibility
of the pupils in the schools competing. It is necessary that
all pupils be fit both physically and scholastically before
being allowed to participate. Certain training rules must
be followed, paying particular attention to sleep, diet and
proper exercise.
The following games and events are suggested as
suitable:
INTER-SCHOOL ATHLETICS
Elementary School.
Boys.
Girls.
Track Events:
Captain Ball
End Ball
Dashes
Relay
Running High Jump
Relay Races
Potato Race.
Standing Broad Jump
Baseball
Indoor Baseball
Basketball
Soccer Football
Swimming
Volley Ball
Basketball Throw
Swimming
Volley Ball
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
75
High School.
Boys.
Track Events:
Dashes
One-half Mile Run
Mile Run
Hurdles (low) 220 yards
Hurdles (high) 120 yards
Relays
Running High Jump
Running Broad Jump
Pole Vault
Shot
Discus
Baseball
Indoor Baseball
Basketball
Football
Soccer Football
Swimming
Volley Ball
Tennis
Girls.
Track Events:
Relay Races
Basketball Throw
Indoor Baseball
Basketball
Captain Ball
End Ball
Swimming
Tennis
CONTESTS AND STUNTS
These "contests and "stunts are suitable for both boys
and girls, young and old
CONTESTS
Arm's Length Tag: Two players stand each with an
arm extended at full length at shoulder lever, and try to
touch each other without being touched in return. This will
require some rapid twisting, dodging and bending. A touch
on the extended hand does not count.
Blindfold Boxing Match: Two players are blindfolded;
a book is laid on the mat, both players get on their knees,
laying their left hands on the book. Each man has a coach
and is permitted to strike when the coach says "hit The
men may have long rolls of paper instead of the boxing
gloves.
Chinese Get-up: Two persons sit on the floor back to
back with arms locked, and retaining such relative positions
they try to stand upright.
Dog Fight: Two persons place themselves on their
hands and knees facing each other, about three feet apart.
Place an endless strap or anything that will not cut into the
flesh, over the heads (which must be kept up and back). At
the word "GO", the players pull against each other until
one of them is pulled off the mat, or his head is pulled for-
ward, thereby releasing the strap, thus showing the other
the victor.
Dual Contests: 1. Mark out a circle six feet in diame-
ter. Two stand within the circle, clasping hands or wrists.
Each endeavors to push his opponent from the circle. Pull-
ing may be allowed if desired. Several circles may be
drawn and sides chosen. The sides having the largest
number of players left in the circle win; or the game may
continue until only one player is left in possession of a
circle.
2. The game may be varied by drawing two parallel
lines six or more feet apart. The sides stand within the
lines, facing each other. At a signal each player endeavors
to push his opponent outside the lines. When a player sue-
ceeds in doing this both he and his opponent are out of the
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
77
game. When all are out count is made to see which side
had the most victories.
3. A large circle is marked off. The players choose
sides and all station themselves within the circle. Three
minutes are given to play. Each player tries to force a
player outside the circle. When one is forced out he must
remain out, but his opponent may now turn to help his
mates. The side having the most number of players in
the circle at the end of three minutes wins.
4. Two take hold of a stick and each tries to twist it
from the other.
Eskimo Race on All Fours: The players stand with
hands and feet on the floor, the knees and elbows should be
stiff. In this position the race is run, or rather "hitched
over a course about forty yards in length.
Eskimo Jumping Race: Fold the arms across the breast
with the knees rigid and the feet close together. Jump for-
ward with short jumps. Pupil who reaches the finishing
line first wins.
Finger Feat: Place the hands horizontally across the
breast, the middle fingers touching tips. Let someone at-
tempt to draw the fingers apart by a steady pull.
Hand Push: The players stand facing each other, and
have one foot advanced. The hands are held about shoulder
high with the palms facing outward. At a given signal
they try to make their opponent move one foot off the
ground or to throw him off balance. The one who sue-
ceeds in doing this to his opponent wins.
Hand Wrestle: ' The wrestlers stand with the right foot
advanced, clasping right hands. The object is to make
one's opponent move a foot from its position on the ground.
This constitutes a throw.
Indian Wrestle: The wrestlers lie upon their backs, side
by side, with arms locked, feet extending in opposite direc-
tions. The right feet are raised and lowered twice. At the
third raising they lock heels and each endeavors to bring
his opponent's leg down to the ground, thereby turning
him upon his face.
Knocking Off Hats: This is a kind of sparring, the ob-
ject being to knock off an opponent's hat.
Pulling Sticks: Two sit upon the floor, toes against toes.
A broom handle is grasped by the players and at the signal
each tries to pull the other up off the floor.
78
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
Push Pole: Two stand within a small ring marked upon
the floor, grasping a small pole. At the signal each tries
to force the other to step outside the ring.
Rooster Fight: (a)"A circle is drawn upon the floor.
Two players squat within it and place a stick under their
knees, the arms under the stick and hands clasped in front
of the knees. Each endeavors to tip his opponent over.
(b) A ring six feet in diameter is drawn upon the
ground. Two players are placed in this, who stoop and
grasp their ankles. In this position they try to displace
each other by shouldering. The player who is overthrown
or who loosens his grasp on his ankles, loses.
Siamese Twins: Two players (two boys or two girls),
of about the same height and weight, stand back to back
and lock arms. The object is to walk in one direction, us-
ing first the legs of one player and then those of the other.
This may be done by one player moving his feet forward
slightly. This is accomplished by both bending the knees,
and the player on the side toward which progress is to be
made sliding his feet forward. Bracing his feet in the
new position, he straightens his entire body upright, draw-
ing the rear player after him until both are in the same
relative position as at the start. This constitutes one step,
and is repeated over as long a distance as may be specified
or desired.
Skin the Snake: Any number of players may compose
a team. They are placed in lines one behind the other,
with feet spread far apart. Each player puts his right
hand back between his legs and left hartd forward, grasp-
ing the right hand of the player in front of him. At the
signal the last player in each row lies down on his back and
all walk backward with legs spread, each one lying down
after he has passed the last player. When the players are
prostrate, they should keep the knees down and the feet
close to the player in front. The players backing up will
then not be in danger of tripping over the feet.
When the last player to lie down touches his head on the
floor, he immediately rises, walks forward, over the player
in front of him, pulling him up. All players rise to their
feet in this manner. The hands must remain clasped in
lying down and in getting up. The team wins that can
first lie down and get up.
Standing Toe Wrestle: The arms are folded and, hop-
ping on one foot, each wrestler tries to make his opponent
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
79
put his other foot upon the floor by a side movement of the
leg.
Stooping Push: Draw a line on the floor. Toe it with
the feet spread wide apart. Reach around outside of the
legs and grasp a light dumb-bell or other object of similar
weight with both hands; throw or slide it forward on the
floor from between the feet, the hands being kept together
throughout. The object is to see how far the dumb-bell
may be thrown without the player losing his balance.
Tunnel Race: Any number, of players may compose a
team. They are placed in lines, one behind the other, with
feet spread far apart. The last player stoops and crawls
forward, between the legs of the players, through the tun-
nel. Each player follows in order. When they reach the
front of the tunnel they stand in position. The team wins
whose players first return to their original position.
Variation: When all have crawled through the tunnel
once all players right about face and crawl through in re-
verse order.
Twisting Sticks: Two grasp a broom handle high over
their heads. At the word the stick must be brought down
between them, thereby twisting within the hands of one of
the players.
STUNTS
Ankle Throw: This feat consists in tossing some object
over the head from behind with the feet. A beanbag, book
or basketball is held firmly between the feet. With a sud-
den jump the feet are kicked backward so as to jerk the
object into an upward throw, which should end in its curv-
ing forward over the head. It should be caught as it comes
down.
Chest to Mouth: Measure the distance from the elbow
to end of the middle finger. Mark that distance upon a
stick. Grasp the stick with the right hand, the middle
finger being directly over that mark on the stick. Keep-
ing the head erect and the stick horizontal, with the elbow
at the side, raise the left end of the stick to the mouth.
Bottle Balancing: Place a round bottle, gallon jar or
jug on its side on the floor; sit on the bottle, extending the
legs full length. Put the right foot on top of the left toe.
In this position write your name on a piece of cardboard
without touching the floor with the hands.
Cane Walk: Take a stick three or four feet in length,
grasp one end with both hands and place the other end on
80
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
the floor, a little distance from the feet. Bend over until
the head rests upon the hands. Stay in this position and
make four or five complete circles. Lift the head and try
to walk straight across the floor. Watch out for falls.
Catch Penny: Place on your elbow three or four penny
pieces in a heap, then drop your elbow very suddenly so as
to bring your hand below the place where your elbow was
and try to catch the money before it falls to the ground.
Coin or Card Snap: Balance a small card on the tip of
the middle or forefinger. On top of the card place a dime
ot nickel; this should be exactly over the tip of the finger
and in the middle of the card. Snap the edge of the card
with the finger of the other hand so that the card will be
shot from under the coin and leave the coin balanced on
the finger.
Dot and Carry Two: A stoops between B and C, passing
his right hand behind the left thigh of B, whose right hand
he grasps and his left hand behind the right thigh of C,
grasping his left hand, B and C place an arm around A's
neck. A raises himself gradually, lifting B and C from the
ground.
Finger Jump: The performer holds a stick horizontally
between the forefingers of his hands, pressing with the
fingers to keep it from falling. Keep the stick in this
position and jump over it forward and backward. This
same feat may be performed by pressing the middle fingers
of the two hands without a stick and jumping over them
forward and backward, as a dog jumps through curved
arms.
Gymnastic Trick: Place a low stool on the floor close
against the wall. The performer faces the wall at a dis-
tance of twice the width of the steel. Stoop down and
grasp the stool with one hand on either side, and rest your
head against the wall. Lift the stool from the floor and
slowly raise yourself to the erect position.
Heel Salute: The person is required to stand on his
hands with legs stretched at full length in the air and then
wiggle the feet at the ankles.
Heel and Toe Spring: A line is drawn on the floor. The
player places his heels against this line, bends down, grasps
the toes with the fingers, the fingers pointing backwards to-
ward the heels. He then leans forward slightly to get an
impetus and jumps backward over the line.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
81
This feat may be reversed. Standing in the same posi-
tion, the player toes a line and jumps over it forward.
Knuckle Down: Place the toes against a chalk line and
kneel down and rise again without the help of the hands
and without moving the toes from the line.
Last and First: Place one foot immediately behind the
other. On the rear foot place a small object, such as a
light book, a slipper or a small stick. With a sudden move-
ment lift the forward foot, at the same instant hopping on
the rear foot with a kicking movement forward, so as to
throw the object forward beyond a given mark.
Long Reach: Kneel on a chair, the knees at the edge of
the seat. Another player seats himself on your legs. With-
out touching the floor with either hand, reach forward as
far as possible, making a chalk mark, and then return to
the original position.
Palm Springs: Stand at some distance from and fac-
ing a wall. Lean forward, supporting the palm of the hand
against the wall. Now spring back to place without mov-
ing the feet.
Pin Cushion: A pin is stuck on the edge of the seat, or
just under the edge, on a chair having a cane or rush or
wooden bottom. The pin is placed well around on one
side toward the back. The player starts, sitting in the
chair, and without leaving it, or touching hs hands or feet
to the floor*, must reach around so as to remove the pin
with his teeth.
Prostrate and Perpendicular: Fold the arms across the
breast, lie down on the back and get up to a standing posi-
tion again without using the elbows or hands.
Rabbit Hop: This should be done on a soft mat or cush-
ion. The performer kneels, then sits back on the heels and
grasps the instep with his hands. From this position he
leans suddenly forward and while doing so pulls the feet
up from the floor. In the instant that his weight is re-
leased, he hitches forward on the knees, the two knees mov-
ing forward alternately.
"Rubber Neck: In this feat a kneeling nlayer is re-
quired to pick a card up from the floor with his teeth, both
hands being behind his back. The card is placed in front
of him at the length of his forearm and hand from one
knee. This distance is measured by placing the elbow
against the knee and stretching the forearm and the hand
at full length on the floor; the point which the middle
82
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
finger reaches is the point at which the card must be placed.
The card has the ends folded down so as to rest like a
small table on the floor. The nearer edge of it must rest
on the line determined as above specified.
Stooping Stretch: Place the outer edge of the right foot
against a line drawn upon the floor also the left heel a little
distance behind the right. With a piece of chalk, mark the
floor as far away as possible by stooping forward and pass-
ing the hands backward between the legs, regaining the
position again without removing the feet from the line or
touching the floor with either hand.
Strength Test: Take a piece of board about thirty
inches in length and eight or ten inches wide, one-half inch
thick, and place it on the table with one end projecting half
way. Place several open newspapers on the table over the
top of the board, pressing them firmly down with both
hands. Have someone hit the end that protrudes a quick
blow, trying to raise the newspapers.
Take a Chair from Under: Arrange three chairs in a
line and place the heels on one and the head on the other,
the middle one being under the back. Now, sustaining the
weight of the body by the heels and the head, take the mid-
die chair from under you with your hands without falling.
Tantalus: Place the left foot and leg and left cheek close
against the wall. Then lift the right foot slightly in an ef-
fort to touch the left knee. Having reached it, maintain
the position for a few moments.
The Triumph: Place the hands behind the back, palms
together, fingers pointing downward. The hands are now
to be turned so that the fingers point upward, the change
being made without taking the fingers apart.
Tumble-down Dick: Tip a chair forward upon the floor,
the back being up. Take hold at the back of the seat and
balancing the body with the hands and elbows, lean for-
ward and touch the head to the top of the chair without
letting the chair tip to the floor.
The Turnover: Place the toes of one foot against the
wall and without moving the toes from the wall throw the
other foot over the first, thus turning completely around.
A short run may be taken before placing the toes against
the wall.
Wriggle Walk: The player stands with heels together
and toes pointed outward. Simultaneously he raises the
toes and turns them inward, then the heels and turns them
Inward, in this manner progressing across the floor.
Grade 1
A. STORY PLAYS
SNOW PLAY
a. All are sleepy. Heads on desk.
b. Waken and sit straight, stretching arms. What shall
we do to make us lively? Go out in the snow and play.
c. Hurry to best standing position.
d. Pull on rubber boots, first R and then L.
e. Pull caps over ears. (Elbows kept out at back.)
f. Very cold day. Arms must be warmed. Arms out at
side. Fling them across chest and slap opposite shoulders.
g. Stoop far down and piek up handful of snow; make
snowball while standing erect. Throw snowball at some
spot in room with right arm.
h. Walk through snow drift with hands on hips, lifting
feet and knees high with each step.
Plan for above.
"How many would like to go out and play in the snow
today? Lets pretend we all are asleep. Put your heads
down on the desk and go fast asleep. When I clap my
hands, all wake up and sit up very straight.
(Clap hands.) "What do you do when you have just
waked up? That's right—Stretch and yawn. Now let's
go out and play. (Stand up in the best position.)
"What shall we wear to keep our feet dry? All right!
Pull on your rubber boots. First the right one; pull hard.
Tug away at it, and pull it away up to your hips, the way
(John) is doing. Now the left one. Now let's pull our
caps down over our ears, and help each other with our
coats. When someone has helped you, turn around and help
him on with his coat. Now, are we all ready? Then let's
run out-doors. How cold it feels. Let's get warm first
before we start to play. Now shall we make some snow-
balls? Scoop up a big handful, and pack it down hard.
Harder! See who can hit the fence. (The blackboard to
the right) "Pretty good! Try again! (Repeat four or five
times.) "Who can throw left handed? (Repeat with left
84
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
hand, to the left.) "Here is a big drift. Suppose we wade
through it. Lift your feet up high so you will not get your
clothes wet. (Wade around room.) "There is mother
calling, so we will all run home. Before we go in the
house, breathe in some of the fresh air very deeply.
AUTOMOBILE
a. Stooping, crank the automobile. First with one hand
and then with the other.
b. Run around room several times steering and blow-
ing the horn.
c. Flat tires, must pump them up hard.
d. Tired from bending so stretch arms up high in air.
e. Then ride home.
f. Breathe deeply.
BIRDS LEARNING TO FLY
a. Mother bird and little birds all stretch their wings.
b. Look at sky to see if it is a pleasant day.
c. Fly around.
d. Then hop on ground.
e. The children scatter crumbs all about for them.
f. Birds fly back to their nests.
g. Tired, so breathe, raising their wings.
THE CARPENTER
a. Put on coat and hat and start for work.
b. Saw some boards (place on seat.)
c. Plane the boards very smooth.
d. Bore some holes.
e. Then drive a few nails.
f. Raise the beams.
g. Walk home from work.
h. Breath deeply several times.
FISHING
a. Digging bait. One foot raised as if placed on a
shovel, with hands on handle. Push down with both hands
and feet. Then stoop and throw to right and then to left.
b. Row out in the boat. Sitting on desk facing back of
room, feet on seat.
c. Throw out line into water.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
85
d. Pull in big fish, hand over hand. Repeat both sides.
e. Row home and then walk with a heavy string of fish.
IRONING
a. Gather the clothes, reaching up and taking off clothes
pins. Then take down clothes, fold and lay them in the
basket on the ground.
b. Carry the clothes basket into house. Each two rows
run around one row of desks.
c. Sprinkle the clothes, then shake. (Spread smoothly
on desk and sprinkle.)
d. Place the irons on stove. Stoop with straight back
and bent knees to get irons beneath the stove, then stand
up straight and place irons on stove.
e. Iron the clothes, using desk as ironing board.
B. SINGING GAMES AND FOLK
DANCES
DID YOU EVER SEE A LASSIE?
—»- P 0 a-—
-J 1  1
Did you
—=
-1 L- 1 (7—
ev - er see a
F "J *
-* « 4 1
las • sie, a
h—I \ q
—*
U I—*—=J
^j=r r 1
■Ji-l ; 1—
_J 1 fs—+ f 0 a
las • sie, a
^ ; ;
' • • ' 1
las - sie, Did you ev
f *—* r-—
v. u L. -J
er see a
f ? 1
#~j | -H
—0—— —0—
-d—i—r——1—
H—;—j—|
^ • J J_
las - sie do
bit +_1—j=t
this way and that? Do
f f .
—.—S—-g ,—
| 1
* ' * 1
way and
^=r-M
j U3
that way, and this way and that way; Did you
ev - er see a - las - sie do this way and that?
r—-» * 1—
%
—
-4!—n
—1—
«—
F 1 UJ
'i rn
bi—U
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923
87
DID YOU EVER SEE A LASSIE?
All of the players but one form a circle, clasping hands.
They circle around, singing the first two lines of the verse.
While they are doing this, the odd player stands in the
center and illustrates some movement which he chooses
for the others to imitate. During the last two lines of the
verse the players stand in place, drop hands, and imitate
the movements of the center player, which he continues
in unison with them.
Did you ever see a lassie, a lassie, a lassie,
Did you ever see a lassie do this way and that?
Do this way and that way, and this way and that way;
Did you ever see a lassie do this way and that?
When a boy is in the center, the word "lassie should be
changed to "laddie.
The player may imitate any activity, such as mowing
grass, raking hay, prancing like a horse, or turning a hand
organ; may use dancing steps or movements such as bow-
ing, courtesying, skipping, whirling in dance steps with
the hands over the head, etc.; or may take any gymnastic
movements such as hopping, jumping, arm, head, trunk or
leg exercises, etc.
88
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
ITISKIT, ITASKET
1 IJ ;! 4
I - tis • kit, I • tas-ket, A green and yel - low bas-ket; 1
Trr
ri—pr-U
JTT~£l
J J J* 1
cjrfra I
4 i*
=f=t
4
t * r
>
J—1—9—J-
i ^ i
» 1; * 1
--0H)-| ■.A--
-4r ■ r
i=3—£=:
J—J—jl
*—
___?s ^—fs
5=^=1
•wrote a let • ter to my love And on the way I dropped it. I
Some one of you has picked it up And put it in your pock-et; It
*
Fi—1—1
1
1
T P—1
rJ. ' - 1
E&S
)?=±
fa=t
£
m
M
dropped it, I dropped it, And on the way I dropped it.
isn't you, it isn't you, It isn't you, it isn't you.
m
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
89
ITISKIT, ITASKET
The players stand in a circle; an odd player carrying a
handkerchief runs around outside singing:
Itiskit, Itasket,
A green and yellow basket;
I wrote a letter to my love
And on the way I dropped it.
Some one of you has picked it up
And put it in your pocket;
It isn't you—it isn't you—
l
He drops the handkerchief and says, "It is you! and
runs on around the circle. The one behind whom the hand-
kerchief was dropped picks it up and starts around the
circle in the opposite direction, to see which shall first
reach the vacant place. The one who is left out takes the
handkerchief for the next round.
90
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
THE FARMER IN THE DELL
3=
The farm - er in the dell,
The
mm
0 ' * *1.
farm - er in the dell,
Heigh oh I for
l
Row - ley 0! The farm - er in the dell.
THE FARMER IN THE DELL
One child is chosen to be the "farmer and stands in the center
of the ring, while the rest join hands and circle around him singing,
The farmer in the dell, The farmer in the dell,
High oh, for Rowley O! The farmer in the dell.
The first child chooses and leads to the center of the circle a
second one; the second a third, and so on, while the rest sing the fol-
lowing verses:
The farmer takes a wife—
The wife takes the child—
The child takes the nurse—
The nurse takes the dog—
The dog takes the cat—
The cat takes the rat—
The rat takes the cheese—
The cheese stands alone.
C. ACTIVE GAMES
P, Playground; R, Room.
1. Cat and Mice.
2. Drop the Handkerchief.
3. Good Morning.
4. Hide the Thimble.
5. I say Stoop.
6. Jack Be Nimble.
7. Jumping the Brook.
8. Squirrel and Nut.
9. Toad.
CAT AND MICE (R. P.)
One player is the cat who goes and hides some place.
Several others are mice who go and find the cat. The cat
then chases the mice to their seats or a given point. If she
catches one before they reach their goal, that one is then
the cat.
DROP THE HANDKERCHIEF (P.)
Form a circle and one person is "It, who runs about
outside of circle with a handkerchief and drops it behind
some one. This person picks up the handkerchief and then
becomes the "chaser. If the chaser tags the runner be-
fore he gets back to the vacant place the same one is "It,
again. If the chaser cannot catch the runner, he is "IT.
GOOD MORNING (P.)
Form a circle. One player is "It. He runs around the
circle and tags some one. Both go in opposite direction,
upon meeting they bow, say "good morning and then run
back in direction from which they came. The one reach-
ing the vacant place last, is "IT.
HIDE THE THIMBLE (R.)
One person leaves the room. A thimble or some other
small object is then hid about the room. The one who is
"It then appears and hunts for the thimble. The pupils
may sing and when "It is close to the object should sing
loud and when away soft.
92
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
I SAY STOOP (R.)
A leader stands before the class and says: "I say
stoop at the same time stooping and rising, as in making
a deep courtesy. All the players must stoop also, but if
the leader says "I say stand, they must remain standing.
When the leader sees any player stoop at the wrong time
he calls that player to the front and that one becomes
leader. As the players become used to it the play is car-
ried on more rapidly.
JACK BE NIMBLE (R.)
Place some object upright on the floor to represent a
candlestick. Line the players up in single file and have
them run and jump over the candlestick and while doing
so have them repeat "Jack be nimble, Jack be quick, Jack
jump over the candlestick.
JUMPING THE BROOK (P.)
Two lines, wider at one end than the other, are drawn
representing a brook. Line them up on one side and have
them run and jump over. Those who step into the brook
must drop out. Those who jump across can try it at a
wider place next time.
SQUIRREL AND NUT (R.)
Players all seated but one, heads on desks and eyes cov-
ered, one hand open on desk with palm up. The odd
player is a squirrel and passes up and down between the
rows and puts a nut in some player's hand. This one rises
and chases the squirrel. If the squirrel is caught before
he can reach his own seat, the one who caught him becomes
the squirrel; if the squirrel is not caught, he can be squir-
rel again.
TOAD (P.)
Pupils join hands and form a circle. One child is the
"toad and sits in center. The pupils in circle walk around
the toad going toward and backing away from him, re-
peating, "Toad in the sea, can't catch me. Toad tries to
tag one of them but cannot leave his position in the circle.
The one who is tagged takes the toad's place in the center.
Grade 2
A. CALISTHENICS
Do not spend longer than two weeks on each lesson.
LESSON 1
1. Arms upward—BEND! (Elbows and shoulders well
back) Arms sideward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.*)
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (To be given slowly 8 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! (Thumbs to back) (1)
POSITION! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
(10 counts.)
4. Hands on hips—PLACE! Feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
5. Hands on neck—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward
—BEND! Hop on left (R) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (12 counts each foot.)
6. Breathing exercise:
West Point Breathing. (6 times.)
LESSON 2
1. Arms upward—BEND! Forward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
2. Hands on neck—PLACE! (1) POSITION! (2) 8
times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward
—BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (10 counts for each leg.)
4. Hands on hips—PLACE! Feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) Repeat slowly.
(6 times.)
5. Feet—CLOSE! (1) OPEN! (2) Same on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
6. Breathing exercise:
Arm sideward raise and slowly inhale.
Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
* Since there are two counts to each unit, this means 12 units.
94
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
LESSON 3
1. Arms upward—BEND! Upward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16
counts.)
4. Hands on hips—PLACE! Trunk forward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (12 times.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Together—PLACE! (2) Same, Jumping on toes, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
6. Breathing exercise. (See lesson 2.)
LESSON 4
Repeat Lesson 1.
LESSON 5
1. Arms forward (To front horizontal)—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32
counts.)
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward—
BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (10 counts for right, 10 for left.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE ! Trunk forward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (4 times.)
4. Arms sideward—RAISE! Feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk to the right (L)—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN!
(2) (8 times to right, 8 to left.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (12 counts for right, 12 for left.)
6. Breathing exercise:
Arms sideward upward raise and slowly inhale.
Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 6
1. Arms sideward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
2. Chest—RAISE; (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward—
BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (10 counts each.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
95
44. Hands on hips—PLACE! Trunk to the left—
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, *8 times.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Running- in place, heels
up high in back, on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc.
(32 counts.)
6. Breathing exercise:
Arms forward upward raise and slowly inhale.
Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 7
Repeat Lessons 2 and 3.
LESSON 8
1. Arms upward—BEND! Sideward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32
counts.)
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Head slightly backward—
BEND! (1) RAISE (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16
counts.)
4. Hands on hips—PLACE ! Trunk forward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! (1) REPLACE! (2) Left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! (3) REPLACE! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (Alternate 32 counts.)
6. Breathing exercise:
Arms sidew7ard raise and slowly inhale.
Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 9
1. Arms sideward upward—RAISE! (1) Sideward—
DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot backward—
PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (Alternate, 16
counts.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Trunk forward—BEND !
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
4. Arms sideward—RAISE! Feet sideward—PLACE !
Trunk to the right (L) BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alter-
nate 8 times.)
^Whenever used, "alternate refers to alternation of exercises
from i*ight to left or vice versa.
96
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
5. Hands on neck—PLACE! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Together—PLACE (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
6. Breathing exercise:
Arms sideward upward raise and slowly inhale.
Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 10
1. Arms upward—BEND! Arms forward—STRETCH!
(1) BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
(24 counts.)
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Head slightly backward
—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Feet—CLOSE! Heels—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (12 counts.)
4. Hands on neck—PLACE! Feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.)
6. Breathing exercise:
Arms forward upward, raising on toes, inhale.
Arms and heels down and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 11
1. Class, one step forward—MARCH; 1-2. One step
backward—MARCH! 1-2. (Always start with left foot.)
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms upward—BEND! Upward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
4. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts for left, 16 for right.)
6. Breathing exercise: (See Lesson 1.)
LESSON 12
1. Class two steps forward—MARCH! 1-2-3. Two
steps backward—MARCH! 1-2-3, etc.
2. Arms upward—BEND! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
97
3. Arms upward—BEND! Sideward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
4. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Together—PLACE! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! l-2„
1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
6. Breathing exercise: Arms forward—BEND! Arms
sideward fling and slowly inhale. Arms forward bend and
slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 13
1. Arms upward—BEND! Arms forward—STRETCH!
(1) BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Knees—BEND! (1)
STRETCH! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16
counts.)
4. Hands on hips—PLACE! Trunk forward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.)
6. Breathing exercise:
Arms forward upward raise and slowly inhale.
Arms forward downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 14
Repeat Lessons 8 and 9.
LESSON 15
1. Arms sideward—RAISE! Palms upward—TURN!
(1) Downward—TURN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Head slightly backward—
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Some alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Hands on hips—PLACE! Trunk to the right (L) —
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.)
4—PE
98
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
5. Hands on neck—PLACE ! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Together—PLACE! (2) Same jumping on toes on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
6. Breathing exercise:
Arms forward raise and slowly inhale.
Arms downward and slowly exhale (8 times.)
LESSON 16
1. Arms forward upward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2)
Arms sideward upward—RAISE! (3) DOWN! (4) Same
on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
2. Hands on hips—PLACE ! Heels—RAISE! (1) Knees
—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—DOWN!
(4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24
counts.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8
times.)
4. Hands on hips—PLACE! Trunk to the right (L) —
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.)
5. Running in place; heels up high behind, on count—
BEGIN!'1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
6. Breathing exercise:
Arms sideward raise and slowly inhale.
Arms sideward down and slowly exhale (8 times.)
LESSON 17
1. Class three steps forward—MARCH! 1-2-3-4. Class
three steps backward—MARCH! 1-2-3-4.
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms upward — BEND! Arms sideward —
STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Same on couni>-BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
4. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 Times.)
5. Arms upward—BEND! Left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.)
6. Breathing exercise:
West Point breathing (8 times). See page 23.
B. STORY PLAYS
BUILDING BON FIRE
a. Wind blows the leaves from trees. Raise arms over-
head and le„t them fall slowly to side with the fingers flut-
tering.
b. Rake up all the leaves.
c. Rake several armfuls and put in cart.
d. Run with the cart to the bon-fire. All run around
room, with hands behind back as if dragging a cart. Empty
the carts on desk.
e. Blow fire to make it go. Fire is on the desk. Stoop,
take deep breath and blow across desk, facing side of the
room.
f. All skip around the fire.
g. Breathe in some fresh air.
BUILD A FIRE IN STOVE
a. Go down the stairs.
b. Chop some wood for kindling. Kneeling on one knee,
hatchet in one hand and hold wood with the other.
c. Carry armful of wood upstairs.
d. Lay the fire. Stoop and pick up papers, then put
them in stove, and put some kindling in.
e. Some kindling is too long. Break it over edge of
stove.
f. Light fire with matches. Breathe deeply and blow
out each one of the matches after lighting the fire with
them.
FIREMEN
All are sitting up straight, ready to go to the fire when
the fire bell rings. Some of the pupils are chosen drivers
and some horses. When the teacher rings bell drivers
take hold of reins and horses should be ready to run.
a. Gallop to the fire.
b. Then all become firemen and grasp a hose and
stretch diagonally out to left side; playing hose on one
spot, and making a soft hissing noise. Play hose high up
in front and with a quick turn play it high up behind.
100
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
c. Climb up ladder using hands and feet. Reach up and
lift someone down, then go up again and see if anyone is
left up there.
d. Drive the horses home.
e. Take several deep breaths to get smoke out of lungs.
FLOWER PLAY
Let the child who stands the straightest choose a flower.
a. Chase Winter away. All run to the rear of the room
and with arms extended push Winter away just as hard
as possible. Then all run on tiptoe so he will not hear any
footsteps.
b. The rain knocks at the earth to wake up the flowers.
Everyone reach up high, then bring arms slowly to floor.
c. The flowers are growing up. Keep the knees bent.
Rise slowly and then stand as tall as possible.
d. Greeting the Sun by raising arms up high.
e. The flowers are swaying in a strong breeze. Raise
arms slowly. Sway from side to side, bend at waist and
touch finger tips to floor, first one side, then the other.
f. Children running to pick up flowers. Run in place.
Stoop and rise several times. Gather several big bunches
of flowers.
g. Take some flowers home to mother. Skip or run
around room once or twice and stop at seats.
h. Breathe deeply.
MAKING GARDEN
a. Reach up for hats, coats and spades.
b. Run to garden.
c. Look up to see if the day will be pleasant.
d. Spade up garden. Push spade into earth, throw it
away.
e. Pick up stones and throw into piles.
f. Plant seeds from a bag.
g. Run through paths in the garden.
h. Breathe deeply several times.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923. 101
C. SINGING GAMES AND FOLK
DANCES
HIPPITY HOP TO THE BARBER SHOP
-p..—ft —
fc- ^ • Fr f ;l
^—*——
L- * L| 1
Hip - pi - ty hop to the bar - ber shop To buy a stick of can - dy,
One for you and one for me, And one for sis - ter An - nie.
:i
I
Double circle formation, partners hold inside hands, face in line
of direction.
Measures 1-4: Hippity hop forward, beginning with right foot,
and swing clasped hands backward and forward with each step.
Repeat.
Measure 5: Face partner, clap hands and stretch arms toward
partner waist-high, with palms facing upward.
Measure 6: Clap hands and place tips of fingers on own chest.
Measures 7 and 8: Clasp right hands and hippity hop in circle
around to left, and on to the next partner to the right; or circle in
place and do not change partners.
THE MUFFIN MAN
Oh, do you know the muffin man,
The muffin man, the muffin man;
Oh, do you know the muffin man
That lives in Drury Lane.
Oh, yes, I know the muffin man,
The muffin man, the muffin man.
Oh, yes, I know the muffin man,
That lives in Drury Lane.
102
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
Four or five children are selected to take places in the four corn-
ers of the room, or whatever other spaces are allowed. As the first
verse is sung, each walks or skips in time with the music to some
child seated in the room, and, taking him by the hand, leads him to
his space in the floor. The little groups of two then join both hands
and dance around in a circle singing, "Two of us know the Muffin
Man, etc.
After the first verse has been sung and the children chosen, the
second verse, "Oh, yes, I know the Muffin Man, is sung while the
two are marching from the seats to the space in the floor. The play
continues, one child after another being chosen until all have joined
some group.
LOOBY LOO
Here we dance Loo-by Loo, Here we dance Loo - by Light;
a»
!* • y-?-
Here we dance Loo-by Loo, All on a Sat - ur- day night.
put my'right hand in, I put my right hand ont, I
give my right hand a shake,shake,shake, And turn my body a - bout
I put my left hand in.
I put both hands in.
I put my right foot in.
I put my left foot in.
I put my head way in.
I put my right elbow in.
I put my left elbow in.
I put my two elbows in,
I put my right ear in.
T put my left ear in.
I put both ears in.
The children hold hands in a circle for the first four measures and
swing their feet with the music. Then slide to the left during the
fifth and sixth measures. Then slide to the right during the seventh
and eighth measures. Suit action to the words during the fourteenth
measure. On last two measures clasp hands over heads and turn all
the way around.
D. ACTIVE GAMES
P, Playground; R, Room.
Animal.
Brownies and Fairies.
Changing seats.
Flag Race.
Fox and Squirrel.
Pussy in the Corner.
Squirrel in the Nest.
The Serpentine Maze.
ANIMAL (P.)
Two goals are marked off at opposite ends of a playing
area. Place all the players except the one who is "it in
the same goal. They are divided into groups of three or
four and each group given the name of an animal. The
child who is "it starts between the two goals and calls
the name of an animal. All those bearing that name must
run and try to reach the other goal without being caught.
Should one be caught he becomes "it.
BROWNIES AND FAIRIES (P.)
Two goals 30 to 40 feet apart. The players in two equal
groups stand in the goals. One group (fairies) turn backs
while the other (brownies) creep up as quietly as possible.
One fairy is watching and when they are near calls, "Look
out for the brownies. The fairies then chase the brownies
to their goal and tag as many as they can. All who are
caught are fairies. Then brownies turn backs and fairies
come up quietly, etc. The side having greatest number at
end of time wins.
CHANGING SEATS (R.)
A command, "Change right, is given by the teacher and
each player goes from his own seat to the one across the
aisle at his right; the pupils in the farther right-hand row
standing in the outside aisle. In the same way orders may
be "Change left, change forward, or change backward.
104
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
FLAG RACE (R.)
Players seated at desks. Rows need not be full but there
must be the same number in each row. Choose a player
to stand in front of each row to hold the flag, and another
to stand at the rear of each row. At the signal the rear
player of each row rises, runs to the front, takes the flag
from the one holding it, carries it to the one standing at
the rear, and takes his seat. As soon as he is seated the
next player goes and takes the flag back to the player in
front. This continues until all have run. Be sure that no
team has an unfair advantage because of the positions
taken by the flag holder.
FOX AND SQUIRREL (R.)
The players race toward the aisles, so that each two adja-
cent rows have their feet in the same aisle and face each
other. Some object ("the squirrel") is passed or tossed
from one player across the aisle to another and back again,
zig-zagging down each aisle, and is then followed by a sec-
and object (the fox), the object being to have the fox
catch the squirrel before the end of the row is reached.
PUSSY IN THE CORNER (R.)
Several goals are located about the playground, corner
of building, etc. There should be more players than goals.
The players at the goals endeavor to change places and
those who had no goal try to take a goal while they are
changing.
SQUIRREL IN NEST (P.)
Arrange the players in several groups of three or four
with hands joined and a player known as a squirrel in the
center of each group.
There should be several extra squirrels outside of the
nest. At the leader's command the squirrels in the nests
try to find new nests and those standing outside nests try
to enter the nests. Only one squirrel is permitted in nest
at the same time.
THE SERPENTINE MAZE (P.)
Players all in single file, teacher leading. Each player
reaches right hand forward to player next in front and left
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
105
hand back, grasping hands. March forward, circling to
left and winding up into a spiral. When tightly wound,
last player should lead, all turn about to left and wind up
again, circling to right.
Several variations should be used later:
(1) Same as first method without grasping hands.
(2) When wound as far as possible leaving enough
space, teacher circles right from center of spiral and line
follows, passing out in a reverse spiral; this is done first
grasping hands and later without.
(3) When leader reaches center of spiral, tightly wound,
she signals to players in some direction and they lift arms,
forming arches, under which the line may pass, teacher
leading; hands are kept grasped in this case.
Grade 3
A. CALISTHENICS
Do not spend longer than two weeks on each lesson.
First eight weeks review lessons 1, 2, 5 and 9 of Grade II.
LESSON 1
1. Right (L)—FACE! Left—FACE! Give the com-
mands fast, and repeat several times.
2. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Chest
—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32
counts.) ,
4. Arms upward—BEND ! Sideward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32
counts.) f
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg slowly for-
ward—RAISE! (1) Slowly—DOWN! (2) (8 times for
left, 8 for right.)
6. Hands on hips—PLACE! Trunk to the right (L) —
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, * 8 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! Hop on right* (L) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.)
8. Breathing exercise. Arms sideward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 2
1. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward
—BEND! Hop on left (R) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.)
2. Arms sideward and heels—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
3. Arms sideward and left (R) leg sideward—RAISE!
(1) DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
(16 counts to left, 16 to right.)
* Wherever used, "alternate refers to alternation of exercise
from right to left or vice versa.
f Since there are two counts to each unit, this means 16 units.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
107
4. Arms upward—BEND! Right arm sideward—
STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Left arm sideward—
STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms sideward stretch and trunk to the right—BEND!
(1) Arms bend and trunk—RAISE! (2). (6 times to
right, 6 to left.)
7. Skipping forward and backward.
8. Breathing exercise: Hands on hips—PLACE! Raise
heels and slowly inhale. Lower heels and slowly exhale.
(8 times.)
LESSON 3
1. Left—FACE! Right—FACE! Etc.
2. Arms sideward—RAISE ! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Upward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN, 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32
counts.)
5. Arms upward—BEND ! Trunk forward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Hands on hips—PLACE ! Feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk to the right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alter-
nate 12 counts.)
7. Running in place: Keep knees stiff and throw legs
out in front of body, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32
counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: See Lesson 8.
LESSON 4
Repeat Lessons 1 and 2.
LESSON 5
1. Hand on hips—PLACE! Running in place on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward
—BEND! (1) Forward—STRETCH! (2) BEND! (3)
POSITION! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.)
108
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
4. Arms forward—BEND! Arms sideward—FLING!
(1) BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
5. Arms upward—BEND! Left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6
times for left, 6 for right.)
6. Hands on hips—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc.
(24 counts.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Feet together—PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale.
(8 times.)
LESSON 6
1. Right (L)—FACE! Two steps to the right (L)
MARCH! 1-2-3-4, etc.
2. Arms upward—BEND! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Right leg sideward—RAISE!
(3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Upward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Sideward—STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4)
Sam'e on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8
times.)
6. Arms sideward and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
bending left and right. (8 times each.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward—
BEND! Hop on left (R) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2,
etc. (16 counts for left, 16 for right.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 7
1. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) toe sideward—
PLACE! (1) REPLACE! (2) Same, alternate, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
109
2. Hands on neck—PLACE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms upward—BEND! Left leg backward—RAISE!
(1) DOWN! (2) Right leg backward—RAISE! (3)
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc.
(24 counts.)
4. Arms upward — BEND! Left arm upward —
STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Right arm upward—
STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms sideward—RAISE! Trunk to the right (L) —
TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2) (Alternate, 16 counts.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16
counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: See Lesson 5.
LESSON 8
Repeat Lessons 5 and 6.
LESSON 9
1. Class mark time—MARCH! (Keep body erect.)
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg forward—
LUNGE! (1) POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Feet sideward—PLACE! Arms sideward upward—
RAISE! (1) Sideward—DOWN! (2) Same clapping hands
over head, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Turn
left touching left toe with right hand (1) RAISE! (2)
Same with right (3) RAISE! (4) (Alternate, 12 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Jumping on toes on count.
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward upward raise
and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 10
1. Hands on hips and left (R) foot sideward—PLACE!
(1) REPLACE! (2) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
2. Arms forward upward raise and left foot sideward
PLACE! (1) POSITION! (2) Arms forward upward
110
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
raise and right foot sideward—PLACE! (3) POSITION!
(4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32
counts.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward
—BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
44. Arms upward—BEND! Left arm upward—
STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Right arm upward—
STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4) Same on count—1-2-3-4,
1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! (1) Trunk to the right (L)—BEND! (2) RAISE!
(3) POSITION! (4) (Alternate, 16 times.)
6. Hands on neck—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. C24 counts.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE ! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Together—PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward — RAISE!
Turning of hands with chest raising, inhale. Lower chest
with turning of hands, exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 11
1. Hands on hips—PLACE ! Left—FACE! Right—
FACE!
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms sideward upward and heels—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16
counts.)
4. Arms forward—BEND! (1) Sideward—FLING!
(2) BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Bend forward touching finger tips to floor. (8 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) leg sideward—
LUNGE! (1) Trunk to left (R) touching left hand to
floor—BEND! (2) Trunk—RAISE! (3) POSITION! (4)
(Alternate, 16 times.)
7. Running in place, on count—BEGIN, 1-2, 1-2, etc.
(32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Hands on hips—PLACE! Slow-
ly inhale and exhale. (6 times.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
Ill
LESSON 12
1. Right—FACE! Left—FACE! Forward—MARCH!
CLASS—HALT!
2. Arms sideward—RAISE! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward
—BEND! (1) DOWN!( 2) Same alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
4. Arms forward—BEND! Arms sideward—FLING!
(1) BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg forward—
RAISE ! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.)
6. Arms sideward—RAISE! Trunk to the right (L)
—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.)
7. Running in place, knees up high in front, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: See Lesson 1.
LESSON 13
1. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! (1) REPLACE! (2) LEFT (R) foot backward
—PLACE! (2) REPLACE! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts for left, 24 for right.)
2. Hands on hips —PLACE! Chest —RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms upward and right knee upward—BEND! (1)
POSITION! (2) Same left (3) POSITION! (4) Same on
count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Upward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Sideward — STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Hands on neck—PLACE ! Trunk backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
6. Arms sideward—RAISE! Trunk to the right—
TURN! (1) Forward (2) To the left—TURN! (3) For-
ward—TURN! (4) (8 times.)
7. Arms sideward—RAISE! Left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (16 counts for left, 16 for right.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward—BEND! Arms
sideward fling and slowly inhale. Arms forward bend and
slowly exhale. (8 times.)
112
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
LESSON 14
1. Right—FACE! Left—FACE ! Left—FACE! etc.
2. Arm raising sideward upward slowly, then stretch-
ing tall with heel raising. (8 times.)
3. Arms sideward—RAISE! (1) Upward overhead—
RAISE! (2) To sideward (3) POSITION! (4) Same on
count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
4. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) '(8
times.)
5. Arms sideward—RAISE! Trunk to the right (L) —
TURN! Forward—TURN (2) Keep knees straight and
heels down. (Alternate, 8 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and knees—BEND! (1)
POSITION! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
(32 counts.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Together—PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 15
1. Hands on neck — PLACE! On hips—PLACE!
POSITION! Hands on neck—PLACE! Etc. (Quick
changes.)
2. Arms sideward — RAISE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward
—BEND! Forward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Same
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts for right, 10
for left.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Arms upward—STRETCH!
(1) BEND! (2) Forward—STRETCH! (3) BEND!
(4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. 32
counts.)
5. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
to the right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times to
right, 8 to left.)
6. Hands on hips—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (32 counts.)
7. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
113
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 16
1. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! (1) POSITION! (2) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (12 counts right, 12 for left.)
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms sideward—RAISE! Left leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Right leg sideward—RAISE!
(3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4,
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms sideward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! (1) Trunk to the left (R)—BEND! (2) RAISE!
(3) POSITION! (4) (8 times to left, 8 to right.)
7. Hands on hips and right (L) knee upward—BEND!
(1) POSITION! (2) Same alternately on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 times.)
8. Breathing exercise: Hands on hips — PLACE!
Slowly inhale and exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 17
1. Hands on hips—PLACE! Running in place on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
2. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Head backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8
times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (32 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Upward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Sideward—STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32
counts.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk to the right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE!
(2) (Alternate, 8 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Jumping on toes, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 times.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slowly
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
B. SINGING GAMES AND FOLK
DANCES
THE KING OF FRANCE
*=t
£
The King of France with for - ty thou-sand men Marched
f_E=±
:t=
ayfc
f' | fS ^
1
up
the hill
and then marched down a - gain.
J-
The King of France with forty thousand men 3
Marched up the hill and then marched down again.
The players stand in two rows or groups facing each other. Each
group has a leader who stands in the center and represents a king
leading his army.
The game or play is a simple one of imitation; in which the
players perform in unison some action first indicated by one of the
leaders.
The leaders of the two groups take turns in singing the verse, at
the same time marching forward during the first line of the verse,
and back again to their places during the second line, illustrating the
action that is then to be taken by all. The verse is then sung by both
groups while advancing toward each other and retreating, perform-
ing the movements indicated by the leaders. The movements illus-
trated by the leaders may be anything suitable to an army of men,
the words describing the movement being substituted for the line,
"Marched up the hill. Thus:—
The King of France with forty thousand men
Waved his flag and then marched down again.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
115
LONI)ON BRIDGE
(For music use the old tune or any 4-4 tune.)
1. London Bridge is falling down,
Falling down, falling down.
London Bridge is falling down,
My fair lady!
2. Build it up with iron bars,
Iron bars, iron bars.
Build it up with iron bars,
My fair lady!
1. Face the side of the room. Slide and slide (L), step
and bend (L sideways.) Then step and bend (R sideways),
step and bend (L sideways). Slide and slide (R), step and
bend (R sideways). Beginning with foot toward back of
room, take two steps in place, at same time turning to
face front of room and point L forward.
2. Facing front of room. Point L forward, point L side-
ways, step L forward, bring heels together. Repeat with
R foot. Repeat with L foot. Step to side (L) and bow.
116
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
POP GOES THE WEASEL
—A—I-
\rnMMmmmmskk
—m m-\—9 §L.
&
=f=
7
ES£^3pE5|
nif iiiifni ijrm
5 6 7 8
ILj=^=i==£F»=^=f:
' • ' » ?"'e?
•4-f iv.ma^01l: • j^?u^ circle. The partners hold their inside hands
with their outside hands on hips.
1. Measures 1 and 2: Start with the right foot. Step, step, step,
and point left. v>
2. Measures 2 and 3: Start with the left foot. Step, step, step,
and point right.
knees Measure 4; Step riSht and Place left foot behind, bending
^ 4. Measure 5. Step left, and place right foot behind, bending
5. Measures 7 and 8: Girl skips around under the boy's right
arm. which is held high. Smg "Pop goes the weasel.
Repeat in the opposite direction.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
117
SWISS MAY REVEL
The Cuckoo is singing,
The May is here,
In the field and the forest
The green doth appear,
Then dance, children, dance,
While the sky it is blue;
Turn 'round and turn under, •
While I go with you.
1. Form a double circle all facing to the right, with right hands
2. Run forward to first hold and bow. Turn and run back to
second hold and bow.
3 Bow partner out, bow partner in. At the word turn, partners
with right hands still joined, turn to the right once around, back to
place. The one on the inside of the circles finishes the turn by spin-
ning the outside one on to the next partner ahead. In this way part-
ners change at each singing of the song. . TrQC.fi,Toi
This is arranged after the twirling forms of the Swiss Festival.
But one verse is given of the many which describe the joys of Spring.
The Cuckoo is particularly characterized as the bird of Spring.
C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY
RACES
P, Playground; R, Room.
Automobile Relay.
Bean Bag Box.
Bean Bag Plays.
Call Ball.
Cat and Rat.
Circle Bowl.
Corner Spry.
Crows and Cranes.
Ditch Pull.
Fisherman.
Mail Man.
Tag the Wall Relay.
AUTOMOBILE RELAY (R.)
The first child in every alternate row, at a given signal
leaves by the right side and runs forward around his seat
and then to the rear on the left side, completely encircling
his own row of seats. Then as soon as he is seated the next
child back of him runs in the same way and this continues
until the last child has run and has returned to his seat,
The other rows then play in the same way, and finally the
winning rows. At the start the leader for each row names
the automobile it represents.
BEAN BAG BOX (R. P.)
A box about six inches square should be fastened into one
about twice that size and that in a third, leaving about six
inches margin between the boxes. This should be set up on
a slight incline about ten to twenty feet from a throwing
line. Each player is provided with six bean bags taking
his place in turn on the throwing line, throwing all five bags
at each turn. Whoever throws a bean bag into the smallest
box scores fifteen points, one into the middle box ten points,
and into the outside box five points. The one who first
scores a hundred points wins.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
119
BEAN BAG PLAYS (R.)
1. Pass bags from left to right and back, sitting, and
later standing.
2. Pass bags backward on the left side and return, and
then repeat on the right.
3. Pass bag backward over head and back.
4. Throwing (in couples) :
a. Throw with both hands and catch with both.
b. Throw with right and catch with right.
c. Throw with left and catch with left.
d. Take turns throwing into a basket.
CALL BALL (P.)
Form a circle and have one person in the center with
a rubber ball. Each one in the circle has a number. As the
person who is "It throws the ball up he calls out a number
and that person must try and get the ball before it has
bounced more than once. If he succeeds he takes the place
of "IT.
CAT AND RAT (P.)
The players form a circle and join hands. One player is
the cat and is outside; another is the rat and is inside. The
cat tries to catch the rat. The players help the rat by let-
ting him run under their arms but they endeavor to stop
the cat. When the rat is caught let those who have been
running go in the circle and choose another cat and rat.
CIRCLE BOWL (P.)
Have the pupils form a large circle ; number by twos, all
the number ones in one team and the number twos in the
other. In the center of the circle place four individual clubs
in a square. The players in succession endeavor to knock
down the clubs by rolling a ball or stone. Each club bowled
over counts one for the team which knocked it down. Set
the club up after it is bowled down. The team which has
scored the most points after each player has bowled once
wins.
CORNER SPRY (P.)
Divide the pupils into four groups, stationed in four cor-
ners of the rooms. Each group has a captain who stands
120
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
in the center, each with a bean bag, and faces his group of
players, who stand in a row. Each captain throws his bean
bag to the head player in his row. The bag is thrown back
to the captain, who tosses it to the next one, and so on until
all the players have tossed. Then the captain calls, "Corner
Spry and runs to the head of the row, and the last player
becomes captain. The group wins which first has all its
players in the captain's place.
CROWS AND CRANES (P.)
Formation, two lines of players, back to back and about
one yard interval.
One line is designated as the Crows and the other the
Cranes. If the teacher calls out "Cranes, the Cranes will
rush forward about thirty feet across a safety line, and
the line designated as Crows will turn around and attempt
to tag the opposing .players before they have covered the
distance to the safety line. Those who are tagged most go
over to the other side. The side having the largest number
of players at expiration of a given time wins.
DITCH PULL (P.)
Players are divided into two teams and stand on two
parallel lines two feet apart. At the command of a leader
they reach across the ditch and endeavor to pull an oppo-
nent across. Team-mates may assist each other in pulling
an opponent across. At the end of three minutes the play-
ers are counted, and the side having the greatest number
wins.
FISHERMAN (P.)
One child is chosen "fisherman and all the others are
"fish and are lined up at one end of an open space. At a
signal they all run, making motions as though they were
swimming and try to swim to the other end. If the "fisher-
man catches any fish they immediately turn into "fisher-
men and help catch the rest. Continue the game until all
are caught.
MAIL MAN (P.)
Players form a circle. Each chooses the name of a post-
office, which may be that of any city. One player, the mail
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
121
man, stands in the center. He then asks each one in order
what post-office he represents, and they answer. He calls
the names of two or three post-offices and those whose
names he calls must change places. The mail man then
tries to get a place during the exchange and the one left
out is the mail man. If the players do not change places
promptly the mail man may count ten, and any player who
has not left his place must give it up, and change with the
mail man.
TAG THE WALL RELAY (R.)
Players all seated, even numbers in each row. At a sig-
nal the last player in each row runs forward and tags the
wall. Just as soon as he is out of the aisle, all the others
move back one seat. The player, who is running, takes the
vacant seat and raises his hand which is a signal for the
one who is now the last in the row, to start. The line wins
which first returns to its original position.
Grada 4
A. CALISTHENICS
Do not spend longer than two weeks on each lesson.
First eight weeks review lessons 1, 2, 5 and 9 of
Grade II.
LESSON 1
1. Class two steps backward—MARCH! 1-2-3. Three
steps forward—MARCH! 1-2-3-4. One step backward—
MARCH! 1-2.
2. Hands on neck—PLACE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately * on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (12 counts.)f
4. Arms forward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and right foot forward—
PLACE ! Trunk turning left and right. (8 times.)
7. Arms upward—BEND! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Together—PLACE! (2) Same jumping on toes, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 2
1. Class right—FACE! Left—FACE ! Heels—RAISE!
Down, etc.
2. Arms sideward—RAISE! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Forward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Downward—STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
* Wherever used, "alternately refers to alternation of exercises
from right to left.
t Since there are two counts to each unit this means six units.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
123
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg, slowly, for-
ward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (Alternate, 12 times.)
6. Arms sideward—RAISE! Trunk to the right (L)
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.)
7. Hands on neck—PLACE! Running in place, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 3
1. Hands on neck—PLACE ! On hips—PLACE ! POSI-
TION! On neck—PLACE! (Quick changes.)
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (Arch the back)
(8 times.)
3. Arms forward and left (R) leg forward—RAISE!
(1) POSITION! (2) Arms sideward and left (R) leg side-
ward—RAISE! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count—
BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2,-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms sideward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Arms forward upward—RAISE ! Trunk forward—
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.)
6. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward
—BEND! Forward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Same
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (12 counts for right, 12
for left.)
7. Hands on neck—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward—
BEND! Hop on left (R) foot on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2,
etc. (10 counts for right, 10 for left.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward—BEND! Arms
sideward fling and slowly inhale. Arms forward bend and
slowly exhale. (10 times.)
LESSON 4
Repeat Lessons 1 and 2.
LESSON 5
L Right—FACE ! Right—FACE ! Left—FACE ! (Give
fast.)
2. Arms sideward raise and chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (Arch the back.) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32
counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND ! Arms upward—STRETCH;
(1) BEND! (2) Arms sideward—STRETCH! (3) BEND!
124
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
(4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32
counts.)
5. Hands on neck and left (R) foot sideward—PLACE!
Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.)
6. Arms sideward—RAISE! Trunk to the right—
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate 10 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Together—PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: See Lesson 3.
LESSON 6
1. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (32 counts for right, 32 for left.)
2. Arms forward upward raise and chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) knee upward—
BEND! Backward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Same
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (12 counts for left, 12 for
right.)
4. Arms sideward—RAISE! Double arm circumduc-
tion backward, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts
backward, 16 forward.)
5. Arms forward upward—RAISE! Trunk forward—
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! Trunk to Right (L)—BEND! (1) (RAISE! (2)
(8 times to right, 8 to left.)
7. Class mark time—MARCH! Class—HALT!
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slowly
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 7
1. Arms forward—BEND! Arms sideward fling and
feet sideward—PLACE! (1) Arms forward bend and feet
together—PLACE! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2,
etc. (32 counts.) -
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! (1) (Both feet in a straight line.) POSITION!
(2) Same alternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
(16 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Right arm sideward—
STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Left arm sideward—
STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4) Same on counl^BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
125
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg slowly for-
ward—RAISE! (1) DOWN (2) (8 times for left, 8 for
right.)
6. Arms forward upward and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk to the right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8
times to right, 8 to left.)
7. Arms upward—BEND! Running in place, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Hands on hips—PLACE! Slow-
ly inhale and exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 8
1. Run around the room.
2. Hands on neck—PLACE ! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms forward—BEND! Arms sideward—FLING!
(1) BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
(32 counts.)
4. Hands on hips—PLACE! On the right knee—
KNEEL! Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2)
(Alternate, 8 times.)
5. Arms sideward and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
to the right (L)—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2)
(Alternate, 8 times.)
6. Hands on neck—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc.
(32 counts.)
7. Arms sideward—RAISE! Running in place on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise. See Lesson 6.
LESSON 9
See Lessons 3, 5 and 6.
LESSON 10
1. Hands on neck—PLACE! On hips—PLACE ! POSI-
TION! Hands on hips—PLACE! etc. (Quick changes.)
2. Arms sideward raise and chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms forward—BEND! Sideward—FLING! (1)
BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1,-2, 1-2, etc. (24
times.)
126
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
5. Arms and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk forward
—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms forward—BEND! Trunk to the left (R) —
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE ! Running in place, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (10 times.)
LESSON 11
1. Arms sideward upward—RAISE! (1) POSITION!
(2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms upward—BEND! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Hands on neck—PLACE ! Trunk backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
5. Arms and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk to right
(L)—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2) (8 times to
right, 8 to left.)
6. Arms upward—BEND! Heels—RAISE! (1) Knees
—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—DOWN!
(4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24
counts.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE ! Left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (10 counts for right, 10 for left.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (10 times.)
LESSON 12
1. Hands on hips—PLACE! Running in place, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
2. Arms upward—BEND ! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms sideward—RAISE! Right (L) knee upward—
BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc . (16 times.)
4. Arms sideward—RAISE! Double arm cricumduction
forward, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
5. Arms upward bend and right foot forward—PLACE !
Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times for
right, 8 for left.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
127
6. Arms and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk to the
right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg forward—
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (10 counts for left, 10 for right.)
8. Breathing exercise: See Lesson 1.
LESSON 13
1. Two steps forward—MARCH Right—FACE ! Right
—FACE! etc.
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (10 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms sideward upward—RAISE! (1) Sideward—
DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
5. Arms forward' upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10
times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and feet—CLOSE! (Toes to-
gether.) Trunk to the right (L)—TURN! (1) Forward
—TURN! (2) (8 times to right, 8 to left.)
7. Run around the room, knees up high.
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 14
Repeat Lessons 7 and 10.
LESSON 15
1. Right—FACE! Left—FACE! Hands on neck—
PLACE! POSITION! etc. (To be given fast.)
2. Hands on neck—PLACE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Knees—BEND! (1) Knees
—STRETCH! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
(16 counts.)
4. Arms forward—BEND! Sideward—FLING! (1)
BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
5. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk backward:—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10
times.)
6. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
to the right—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times to right,
8 to left.)
128
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
7. "Skip around the room with hands on hips.
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (10 times.)
LESSON 16
1. File race, or game.
2. Arms upward — BEND! Chest — RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) Arching the back (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward—
BEND! Forward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Same
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (8 counts for right, 8 for
left.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Upward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Sideward—STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk forward—BEND! (Touching fingers to floor)
RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Left (R) hand on hip and right (L) hand on neck—
PLACE! Trunk to the left (R)—BEND! (1) RAISE!
(2) (8 times to left, 8 to right.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Together—PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2,1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: See Lesson 4.
LESSON 17
1. Class right—FACE! Left—FACE! Mark time—
March! Class—HALT!
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips and left (2) foot sideward—PLACE!
(1) POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN!
1 .9 "1 _9 pf/» ("1 fj ^
4. Arms sideward—RAISE! (1) POSITION! (2)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on hips and left (R) foot forward—PLACE!
On the right (L) knee—KNEEL! Trunk backward—
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times each.)
6. Arms and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk to right
(L)—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times each.)
7. March around the room with hands on hips.
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
B. SINGING GAMES AND FOLK
DANCES
OATS AND BEANS
1. Oats and beans and bar-ley grow; Oats and beans and bar-ley grow; Dc|
2. First the farm - er sows his seed, Then he stands and takes his ease; Ha
you, or I, or any -one know How oats and beans and bar-ley grow?
stamps his foot and claps his hand, And turns him round to view the laud.
First Verse: Children join hands and form a circle, and dance
to the left, one child being in the center who is the farmer.
Second Verse: Drop hands on the first phrase. Then sow the
seed from a basket held on the left arm, with a surging motion of the
right hand.
Stand up straight with arms folded on the second phrase; clasp
the hands and stamp feet on the third phrase.
Point the right hand toward the fields on the fourth phrase.
#- -W- B w.
OATS AND BEANS,
5—PE
130
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
ROUND THE MULBERRY BUSH
&
Q
1. Here we go round the mul-ber-ry bush,The mul-ber-ry bush, the mul-ber-ry bush;
Here we go round the mul-ber-ry bush, On a cold and f rost-y morn-ing.
r s—r t—
ROUND THE MULBERRY BUSH.
The children join hands in a ring and skip round, singing:
Here we go round the mulberry bush,
The mulberry bush, the mulberry bush:
Here we go round the mulberry bush;
On a cold and frosty morning.
Then they determine what kind of work they shall do and, stand-
ing in place, play out whatever they decided upon. For instance,
if washing the face is chosen, each vigorously washes his face while
singing:
This is the way we wash our face,
Wash our face, wash our face;
This is the way we wash our face,
On a cold and frosty morning.
On the words "On a cold and frosty morning all shiver and, pre-
tending to wrap shawls closely about their shoulders, turn com-
pletely around.
Repeat "Here we go round the mulberry bush, as in the begin-
ning. The children then suggest various activities, such as combing
hair, brushing shoes, mending clothes, etc.; and when their resources
are exhausted they release hands and sing, "This is the way we go
to school, etc., walking very slowly and reluctantly. Turning about
and skipping gaily in the opposite direction, they wave their hands
and sing, "This is the way we go home from school, etc.
The verse "Here we go round the mulberry bush, etc., is sung
between all but the last two verses.
As the children become familiar with the game, the verses are
sung without stopping; the leader simply pauses on "This is the
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923. 131
way until a child suggests the activity, then all take it up and the
game continues.
The following is probably the most familiar version in America:
1. As we go round the mulberry bush,
The mulberry bush, the mulberry bush;
As we go round the mulberry bush,
So early in the morning.
2. This is the way we wash our clothes,
Wash our clothes, wash our clothes;
This is the way we wash our clothes,
So early Monday morning.
As we go round-the mulberry bush, etc.
3. This is the way we iron our clothes, etc.,
So early Tuesday morning.
As we go round the mulberry bush, etc.
4. This is the way we scrub our floors, etc.,
So early Wednesday morning.
As we go round the mulberry bush, etc.
5. This is the way we mend our clothes, etc.,
So early Thursday morning.
As we go round the mulberry bush, etc.
6. This is the way we sweep our floors, etc.
So early. Friday morning.
As we go round the mulberry bush, etc.
7. This is the way we bake our bread, etc.,
So early Saturday morning.
As we go round the mulberry bush, etc.
8. This is the way we go to church, etc.,
So early Sunday morning.
The children sometimes add, "This is the way we say our prayers,
kneeling solemnly with hands clasped. Without singing, "Here we
go round the mulberry bush, they turn and walk slowly in the oppo-
site direction, singing:
"This is the way we go home from church, etc.
132
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
PEAS PORRIDGE
Form in couples, partners facing. (Music 2-4 time.) See
chorus of "The Man in the Moon, page 146.
I.
(1) Clap hands against the thighs; (2) clap hands to-
gether in front; (3) clap hands with partner. One meas-
ure.
Repeat (1-2-3) one measure.
(1) Clap against thighs; (2) clap hands together; (3)
clap right hand with partner; (4) clap hands together. One
measure.
(1) Clap left hand with partner; (2) clap together; (3)
clap both hands with partner, one measure. (Four meas-
ures in all.)
Repeat all.
II.
Join right hands and change places, with two polka
steps (1-2-3, 1-2-3) Facing partner, clap own hands to-
gether (1-2-3) stamp three times, shaking head (1-2-3).
Four measures.
Repeat to place.
III.
Join both hands with partner, keeping hands stretched
out to the side and glide polka. Eight measures.
Note: The motions in the first part are suggested by the
old verses:
Peas porridge hot,
Peas porridge cold,
Peas porridge in the pot,
Nine days old.
C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY
RACES
P, Playground; R, Room.
1. Arch Ball.
2. Bean Bag Plays, page 119.
3. Bean Bag Tag.
4. Black and White.
5. Catch Ball.
6. Cross Tag.
7. Have You Seen My Sheep?
8. Hopping Race.
9. Jack Follow the Leader.
10. Tag the Wall. Relay, page 121.
11. Squat Tag.
12. All up Relay.
13. Circle Seat Relay.
ARCH BALL (P. R.)
Line the players up in two or more single files of equal
numbers. The one who is the leader of each file holds a
basket ball. At a given signal he passes the ball back
over his head to the one behind him and so on until the
ball reaches the last one in the file. The last one runs
forward with the ball and toes the line, starting ball back
again. The line which gets back to its original position
first, wins.
BEAN BAG TAG (P. R.)
A runner and chaser are chosen; each one puts a bean
bag on his head and tries to balance it while running with-
out use of hands. When the runner wants to stop he puts
the bag on some one else's head and that person becomes
the runner.
BLACK AND WHITE (P. R.)
Divide into two sides, one called "whites the other
"blacks. A piece of card board with a pencil mark on one
side is thrown into the air. If it lands with the marked
side up, all the whites drop to the floor and the "blacks
134
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
try to tag them before they can do so. Those tagged are
out of the game. The side having the largest number at
the end of the game wins.
CATCH BALL (P.)
Use a soft ball or some other object. Form a circle fac-
ing the catcher. One child is "It and is on the outside
of the circle. The ball is passed about from one to another
inside the circle and "It tries to tag the one who has the
ball. If he succeeds they change places.
CROSS TAG (P.)
Appoint someone "It. At signal "Go, "It chases any
one he wishes. He can chase only this one until he either
tags him, or some other player crosses in between him and
the chased player. Any player crossing in this manner,
becomes the party to be chased. If the chased party be-
comes tagged, the players are reversed, that is^ the one that
was "It is chased and the chased is "It. Any one
running outside of the playing zone becomes "It.
HAVE YOU SEEN MY SHEEP (R.)
All the children join hands and form a cricle around the
desks with one child outside the circle. The one on the
outside touches one of the players on the back and asks,
"Have you seen my sheep? To this question the other
replies: "No, how was it dressed? The first child then
describes some player, who, when he recognizes himself,
must run around the circle and try to regain his place
without being tagged by the out outside the circle.
HOPPING RACE (R.)
Draw a line across the room in front of the desks. Ar-
range the children so that there will be the same number
in each row. The leader of each row takes his place at the
rear of the room opposite his aisle. When the teacher gives
the command "Stoop each pupil takes a stooping position,
with his hands clasped under his knees. The teacher then
says "Go. and the leaders hop down the aisles to the goal
and back to their seats. The child who first returns to a
good sitting position at his own desk is the winner. When
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
135
the leaders have finished, the players who are second in the
rows have their turn', and so on.
JACK FOLLOW THE LEADER (P. R.)
One player is the leader and runs at the head of a line
of the others. He runs in and out, hopping and clapping
his hands. Any player who fails to follow the leader and
do as he does, must drop out of the game.
SQUAT TAG (P. R.)
Choose one player to be "It. The one who is "It tries
to tag players, but they cannot be tagged as long as they
hold a squatting position. When the one who is "It is
not near they all stand up again. Each player must use
this way to escape being tagged three times, when they can
escape only by running. Anyone who is tagged is "It.
ALL UP RELAY (R.)
In front of each row of seats draw two circles about 8
inches in diameter with the rims almost touching. Place
an object such as an Indian club in ore of each of the pairs
of circles. The leader in each row runs forward, changes
the object from ore circle to the other, runs back and
touches next one behind him, who then starts and repeats
the action. The row which finishes first wins.
CIRCLE SEAT RELAY RACE (R.)
Children in front desks of each row get up at the same
time, and run to rear of room around desks and back to
their seats, touching the second children as they pass.
As soon as the second children are touched they run in the
same way to rear of room and back to place. This con-
tinues until each child has run. The row that has all of its
children run and get back in their seats first, wins.
Grade 5
A. CALISTHENICS
Do not spend longer than two weeks on each lesson.
First seven weeks review lessons 1, 2, 5 and 9 of Grade II.
LESSON 1
1. Class right—DRESS! FRONT!
Class forward—MARCH! Class—HALT! etc.
2. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk slightly backward—BEND! (1) RAISE!
(2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32
counts.)f
4. Arms upward—BEND! Arms upward—STRETCH!
(1) BEND! (2) Sideward—STRETCH! (3) BEND!
(4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Arms and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk forward
—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms sideward—RAISE! Trunk to the right (L) —
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate * 8 times.)
7. Hands on neck—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 2
1. Class right—FACE! Left—FACE ! Forward—
MARCH! Class—HALT! etc.
2. Arms sideward—RAISE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (Arch the back.) (8 times.)
3. Arms upward—BEND! Left (R) knee upward—
BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Arms forward—STRETCH!
(1) BEND! (2) Downward—STRETCH! (3) BEND!
(4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24
counts.)
* In every case, "alternate refers to alternation of exercise
from right to left or vice versa.
f Since there are two counts to each unit, this means 16 units.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
137
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times for left, 8 for right.)
6. Arms and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk to the
right (L)—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2) (8 times
each.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (16 counts for left, 16 for right.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 3
1. Class right—DRESS! FRONT! Class forward—
MARCH! Class—HALT! Right—FACE! Forward—
MARCH! HALT! etc.
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms sideward—RAISE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Left (R) arm upward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2)
Right (L) arm sideward—STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
. 5. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) leg slowly for-
ward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times for left, 8
for right.)
6. Arms upward—BEND! Trunk to the right (L) —
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times to right, 8 to left.)
7. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Heels
—RAISE! (1) Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH!
(3) Heels—DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN, 1-2-3-4,
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Arms forward—BEND! Arms sideward fling and
feet sideward—PLACE! (1) Arms bend and feet to-
gether—PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
9. Breathing exercise: West Point Breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 4
1. Right—FACE! Left—FACE! Forward—MARCH!
Class—HALT! etc. (Given rapidly.)
138
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
2. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Head
backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms sideward—RAISE! Double arm circumduct
tion forward (Backward) on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc;
(16 counts forward, 16 backward.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.)
6. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk to the right—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2)
To the left—TURN! (3) Forward—TURN! (4) (16
times.)
7. Running in place, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
(32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward—BEND! Arms
sideward fling and slowly inhale. Arms forward bend and
slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 5
1. Class right—DRESS! FRONT! Forward—MARCH!
Class—HALT! etc. (Given rapidly.)
2. Arms and feet sideward—PLACE! Chest—RAISE!
(1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Right leg sideward—RAISE!•
(3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4,
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms sideward upward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Arms upward—BEND! Left leg slowly forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Right leg slowly forward—
RAISE! (3) DOWN! (4) (12 times.)
6. Arms forward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk to the right (L)—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN!
(2) (8 times to right, 8 to left.)
7. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Heels—
RAISE! (1) Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH!
(3) Heels—DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN, 1-2-3-4,
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Arms sideward—RAISE! Right (L) knee upward
—BEND! Hop on left (R) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
139
9. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 6
Repeat Lessons 1 and 2.
LESSON 7
1. Class forward—MARCH! Class—HALT! Right
—FACE! etc.
2. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot for-
ward—PLACE! Trunk slightly backward—BEND! (1)
RAISE ! (2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.)
3. Arms sideward—RAISE! Left leg forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Right leg forward—RAISE!
(3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4,
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms forward upward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2)
Sideward upward—RAISE! (3) DOWN! (4) Same on
count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on neck—PLACE! Right leg slowly forward
—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Left leg slowly forward—
RAISE! (3) DOWN! (4) (12 times.)
6. Arms forward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms sideward fling and trunk to right (L)—TURN! (1)
Arms bend and trunk forward—TURN! (2) (Alternate, 8
times.)
7. Arms upwhrd—BEND! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Together—PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 8
1. Hands on neck—PLACE ! On hips—PLACE! PO-
SITION! Hands on hips—PLACE ! etc.
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (Arch the back.)
(10 times.)
3. Arms upward—BEND! Upward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Sideward—STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
4. Hands on hips—PLACE Right (L) leg forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) 8 times for right, 8 for left.)
5. Pretend to chop wood, swinging vigorously.
6. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward
—BEND! (1) Forward—STRETCH! (2) BEND! (3)
140
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
DOWN! (4) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4,
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
7. Running in place, on count—BEGIN 1-2, 1-2, etc.
(24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 9
1. Class forward—MARCH! On toes—MARCH!
Double time—MARCH! Common time—MARCH! etc.
2. Arms upward—BEND! Head slightly backward—
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) Arch the back. (8 times.)
3. Arms sideward—RAISE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) (Hold balance) Knees—STRETCH!
(3) Heels—DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Left (R) arm upward,
right (L) arm sideward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts to left,
16 to right.)
5. Hands on hips and left (R) foot forward—PLACE!
On the right (L) knee—KNEEL! Trunk backward—
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (4 times for right, 4 for left.)
6. Arms forward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk to the right (L) TURN! (1) Forward—TURN!
(2) (Alternately, 8 times.)
7. Running in place with stiff knee.
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 10
1. Class left—FACE! One step to the left—MARCH!
One step to the right—MARCH! Right—FACE! etc.
2. Arms sideward raise and chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (10 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and knees—BEND! (1) POSI-
TION! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. .(24
counts.)
5. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
141
6. Arms forward bend and feet—CLOSE! Trunk to
the left (R)—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2) (Alter-
nate, 10 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) leg backward
—RAISE! Hop on left (R) foot on count—BEGIN! 1-2S
1-2, etc. (10 counts for right, 10 for left.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slowly
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (10 times.)
LESSON 11
1. Class forward—MARCH! To the rear—MARCH!
etc.
2. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk slightly backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6
times.)
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN; 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk forward—BEND! (1) Trunk—RAISE! (2) (8
times.)
5. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forwaru—
PLACE! On the right (L) knee—KNEEL! Trunk back-
ward—BENDf (1) RAISE! (2) (4 times for left, 4 for
right.)
6. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
to the right—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2) To the
left—TURN! (3) Forward—TURN! (4) (8 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Hop forward on both feet,
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (Same backward.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (10 times.)
LESSON 12
1. Class right—FACE! Forward—MARCH! To the'
rear—MARCH! etc.
2. Hands on hips and left (R) foot forward—PLACE!
Head backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) Arch the
back. (6 times.)
3. Hands on neck and left (R) leg backward—RAISE!
(1) POSITION! (2) Same alternately, on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
142
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
4. Arms upward—BEND! (1) Arms upward
STRETCH! (2) BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on
count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE ! Trunk backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms sideward—RAISE! Left (R) foot diagonally
forward—PLACE! Trunk to the right—TURN! (1) For-
ward—TURN! (2) To the left—TURN! (3) Forward—
TURN! (4) (Alternate, 8 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot forward
and right (L) foot backward—PLACE! (1) REPLACE!
(2) Same, alternately, jumping on toes, on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 13
Repeat Lessons 4 and 5.
LESSON 14
1. Class forward—MARCH! Change step—MARCH!
etc.
2. Hands on hips and feet—CLOSE! Chest—RAISE!
(1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips and right knee upward—BEND! Leg
forward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Same on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (12 counts for right, 12 for left.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! (1) Sideward—STRETCH!
(2) BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count—
BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
to the right—TURN! (1) Trunk backward—BEND! (2)
RAISE! (3) Trunk forward—TURN! (4) (4 times to
right, 4 to left.)
6. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
to the right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, 8
times.)
7. Arms sideward—RAISE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
DOWN!' (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
143
LESSON 15
Class right—DRESS! FRONT! Forward—MARCH!
Class—HALT! etc.
2. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk slightly backward—BEND! (1) RAISE!
(2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips and left (R) foot forward—PLACET
Heels—RAISE! (1) Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—
STRETCH! (3) Heels—DOWN! (4) Same on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts to left, 16 to right.)
4. Arms forward upward—RAISE! (1) POSITION!
(2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg slowly for-
ward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times for left, 8
for right.)
6. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
to the right—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2) To the
left—TURN! (3) Forward—TURN! (4) (6 times.)
7. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) leg backward
—RAISE! Hop forward on right (L) foot, on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (Backward on other foot.) (10 counts
for right, 10 for left.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point Breathing. (8 times.)
LESSON 16
1. Class forward—MARCH! To the rear—MARCH!
Class—HALT! etc.
2. Arms sideward raise and trunk slightly backward—
BEND! (1) Arms down and trunk—RAISE! (2) (4
times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32
counts.)
4. Arms sideward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) For-
ward—RAISE! (3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms downward stretch and trunk forward—BEND! (1)
Arms bend and trunk—RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! Trunk to the right—TURN! (1) Forward—
TURN! (2) (6 times to right, 6 to left.)
144
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (12 counts for right, 12 for left.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.)
LESSON 17
1. Hands on neck—PLACE! On hips—PLACE !
POSITION! Arms sideward—RAISE! POSITION! etc.
(Quick change.)
2. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Head
slightly backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Right (L) foot sideward—
PLACE! (1) Arms upward—STRETCH! (2) Arms—
BEND! (3) Foot—REPLACE! (4) Same on count—
BEGIN! (16 counts to right, 16 to left.)
5. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! On the right (L) knee—KNEEL! Trunk back-
ward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times each.)
6. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
to the right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Running in place, on
count—BEGIN 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
!y ' p/e. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
B. SINGING GAMES AND FOLK
DANCES
ACE OF DIAMONDS
ACE OF DIAMONDS.
Formation: Partners face each other, hands on hips. In circle
or in line.
Measures 1-8: Clap hands, hook right arms,, polka, stamping on
first step, and turning in place. Repeat, hooking left arms.
Measures 9-18: Number one goes backward with four hop steps,
number two follows, moving forward. Repeat, number one moving
forward, number two backward.
Measures 17-24: Polka forward.
Repeat from beginning.
146
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
THE MAN IN THE MOON
Moderate
The Man in the Moon Came down too soon And asked his way to Nor - wich. He
i
&
—
m
£
went by the south And burned his mouth Eat - ing cold bean por - ridge.
—I i—■
3^
pp
CHORUS
Nursery Rhyme
Moderate
Traditional
> >•
*
?-±—fc
Bean por-ridge hot, Bean por-ridge cold, Bean por-ridge in the pot, Nine days old.
* *
m
£ £
iP^
V._l/
v—V
II
a
Some like it hot, Some like it cold, Some like it in the pot. Nine days old.
* ^ - J f ♦ ?
lH
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
147
THE MAN IN THE MOON
Formation: A single circle arranged in partners, all facing in
line of direction, arms folded high on chest.
Measures 1-4: All run forward in line of direction, taking long,
stiff-legged strides.
Measure 5: All face about with two jumps.
Measures 6-8: Run forward in opposite direction.
Measure 9: Face partners with two jumps.
CHORUS.
Measures 1-4: "Bean,"' clap thighs, "porridge, clap own
hands; "hot, clap partner's hands, face high; "bean, clap thighs;
"porridge, clap own hands; "cold, clap partner's hands: "bean,
clap thighs; "porridge, clap own hands; "in the, clap partner's
hands; "pot, clap own hands; "nine, clap partner's right hand;
"days, clap own hands; "old, clap partner's left hand.
Measures 5-8: Repeat same.
C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY
RACES
P, Playground; R, Room.
1. Automobile.
2 Birds Fly.
3. Bean Bag Drill.
4. Circle Toss.
5. Crossing the Brook.
6. Do This, Do That.
7. Have You Seen My Sheep?
8. Last Man.
9. Three Deep.
10. Blackboard Relay.
11. Forward Sprint Relay.
12. Over and Under Relay.
AUTOMOBILE (R.)
The first pupil in each alternate row at a signal from
the teacher leaves by the right side, runs forward and
around his seat then to the rear and up the left side com-
pletely encircling his own row of seats. As soon as he is
seated the next one behind him runs in the same way, and
this continues until the last pupil has run and has returned
to his seat. The other rows then play in the same way
and finally the winning rows. At the beginning the captain
for each row names the automobile it represents.
BIRDS FLY (P. R.)
Formation, players in circle one in the center. Players
and person in circle slap their knees. Player in center then
calls out the name of an animal which flies. All jump into
air, stretching the arms out over head and giving a yell.
However, if the player in the center should mention an
animal that does not fly, the players do not jump up. If
any person jumps up when he should not, he must take the
place of the one in the center.
BEAN BAG DRILL (R.)
The players are seated at their desks. A bean bag is
placed at the front of each aisle on the floor. At the com-
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
149
mand "Go all the players in the first seats run and take
the bags and touch the rear wall then return to their seats,
leaving bags on the floor at the side of the second seats.
The second line of players do the same and the game con-
tinues in this way until all have run. The row wins which
finishes first.
CIRCLE TOSS (R. P.)
Form a circle with about ten feet between each player.
All but two or three must hold a bean bag, eraser or some
object. At a given signal toss the objects to the right as
rapidly as possible. As soon as a player has tossed the
object he must turn to the left and be ready to receive from
the one to his left. Now and then change the direction of
tossing.
CROSSING THE BROOK (P.)
Draw two lines on floor for the banks of the brook. It
should be wider at one end than at the other. The players
form in line and take a running jump across the brook.
Those who step in the brook must drop out of line. Those
who are successful in the jump continue and jump again.
Have them try to jump at a wider place than at first.
Standing jump may be used also.
DO THIS, DO THAT (P. R.)
A leader is chosen and all the players stand and face him.
The leader takes any kind of position he wishes and then
says: "Do this and all must imitate him. But if the lead-
er should say "Do that the players are not expected to do
it and who ever does must take his seat or drop out of the
game.
HAVE YOU SEEN MY SHEEP (P. R.)
The players all form a circle and one player is chosen a
shepherd. He is on the outside of the circle and walking
around taps someone on the back and says, "Have you seen
my sheep? The player asks, "How is he dressed? The
shepherd then tells something of the dress of one of the
players in the circle, as "He wears brown shoes and a white
shirt. The player questioned tries to guess, as details are
added to the description. When he guesses correctly the
shepherd says, "Yes, and the guesser chases the one de-
scribed. If the chaser catches the runner before the latter
has returned to his place, the chaser becomes shepherd;
if he does not, the runner becomes shepherd.
150
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
LAST MAN (R.)
Rows playing must be full rows. One player is "It and
there is one runner, besides the full rows of seats. The
runner may come to the front of any row and call "Last
Man and then each player in the row must move back one
seat leaving the first seat vacant for the runner. The last
one in the row will be out of place and thus becomes the
runner. When a runner is tagged he is "It, and the one
who caught him becomes runner and must get out of the
way at once.
THREE DEEP (P.)
Players form a circle and count cff by twos, each number
two will then step back of the number ones. We then have
a double circle with all facing toward the center. One
player must be a runner and another a chaser. The runner
may run around or between-the players, and may be safe
by standing in front of any group of two; thus forming
one group that is "three deep. The rear one in any group
of "three deep immediately becomes the runner and can
be tagged by the chaser. The one who is tagged becomes
the chaser and tries to tag the one that tagged him.
BLACKBOARD RELAY (R.)
Arrange the pupils so that there will be equal numbers
in each row. At the signal "GO the first player in each
row runs to the board, takes the chalk, makes a mark
(which was previously agreed to) replaces the chalk and
returns touching the next one in his row who then runs to
the board, and so on.
FORWARD SPRINT RELAY (P„ R.)
First player, on each team, with handkerchief in hand,
runs down to or around a given point and returns to start-
ing line. Second player receives handkerchief at starting
line, repeats the run and brings handkerchief back to third
boy. Continue until all have run. They must receive
handkerchief back of starting line.
OVER AND UNDER RELAY (P. R.)
Like "Overhead Relay, except that two balls or other
objects are passed, the first overhead and the second be-
tween feet. The first player counts 10 between the passing
of the first and second objects; the last player runs to head
of line after receiving both. It can be played in the school-
room by having alternate rows play at the same time, so as
to leave a free aisle for running.
Grade 6
A. CALISTHENICS
Do not spend longer than two weeks on each lesson.
First seven weeks review Lessons 1, 2, 5 and 9 of Grade II.
LESSON 1
1. Class right about—FACE! Left—FACE! Mark
time—March! Forward—MARCH! Class—HALT! etc.
2. Hands on neck—PLACE ! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms upward—BEND Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, * on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)f
4. Arms upward—BEND! Left (R) arm upward and
right (L) arm sideward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2)
Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32
times.)
5. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10
times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! On the right (L) knee—KNEEL! Trunk to the
right (L)—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2) (6
times to left, 6 to right.) .
7. Arms upward—BEND! Arms sideward stretch and
feet sideward—PLACE ! (1) Arms bend and feet together
—PLACE! (2) Same jumping on toes, on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.)
LESSON 2
1. Class right—DRESS! FRONT! Right—FACE!
Right about—FACE! Forward—MARCH! Class—HALT!
etc.
2. Hands on hips—PLACE Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (10 times.)
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) leg forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on counts
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
* Wherever used, "alternately refers to alternation of exercise
from right to left.
j Since there are two counts to each unit, this means eight units.
152
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
4. Arms upward—BEND! Left (R) arm upward and
right (L) arm sideward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2)
Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
5. Hands on neck—PLACE! Trunk forward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms forward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms sideward fling and trunk to the right (L)—TURN!
(1) Arms bend and trunk forward—TURN! (2) (Al-
ternately, 6 times.)
7. Arms sideward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! (1) Arms sideward downward and feet together
—PLACE! (2) (Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
(82 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.)
LESSON 3
1. Hands on hips—PLACE! Running in place, heels
up high in back, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
2. Arms sideward—RAISE! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (Arch the back.) (8 times.)
3. Arms upward bend and left (R) left sideward—
RAISE! Arms sideward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1,-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts to left,
10 to right.)
4. Arms forward upward—RAISE! Trunk forward—
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
5. Arms forward—BEND! Arms sideward fling and
trunk to the right—TURN! (1) Arms bend and trunk for-
ward—TURN! (2) Same to left (3) FORWARD! (4)
(4 times.)
6. Hands on hips—PLACE! Knees—BEND! (1)
Knees—STRETCH! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (16 times.)
7. Hands in hips—PLACE! Left leg forward—
LUNGE! (1) REPLACE! (2) Right leg forward—
LUNGE! (3) REPLACE! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 4
1. Class left—FACE! One step to the left—MARCH!
Forward—MARCH! To the rear—MARCH! Class—
HALT! etc.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
153
2. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward—PLACE!
Head backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.)
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE ! Heels—RAISE ! Knees—BEND! Arms up-
ward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Same on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.)
6. Hands on neck and left foot diagonally forward—
PLACE! Trunk to the right—TURN! (1) Forward—
TURN! (2) To the left—TURN! (3) Forward—TURN!
(1) Forward—TURN (2) To the left—TURN! (3) For-
ward—TURN! (4) (4 Times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward
—BEND! Hop on left (R) foot on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (10 counts to right, 10 to left.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.)
LESSON 5
1. Class forward—MARCH! To the rear—MARCH!
Class—HALT! etc.
2. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk slightly backward—BEND !(1) RAISE!
(2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips and heels—RAISE! (March forward
and backward on the toes.)
4. Arms forward bend and left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! (1) Arms sideward—FLING! (2) Arms—
BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same, alternately, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) leg slowly for-
ward—RAISE! (1) Slowly—DOWN! (2) (8 times to
left, 8 to right.)
6. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Trunk to the right (L)—TURN! (2) Forward—
TURN! (3) POSITION! (4) (Alternately, 6 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Jump forward then back-
ward, on both feet.
8. Breathing exercise: Slowly inhale, then exhale. (8
times.)
154
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
LESSON 6
Repeat Lessons 1 and 3.
LESSON 7
1. Class right about—FACE! Two steps backward—
MARCH! Left—FACE! Forward—MARCH! Class—
HALT! etc.
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (10 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE Left leg sideward—
RAISE! (3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms downward stretch and trunk forward—BEND! (1)
Arms bend and trunk—RAISE! (2) (10 times,)
5. Arms sideward stretch and trunk to the left (R) —
TURN! (2) Arms bend and trunk forward—TURN! (3)
POSITION! (4) (6 times to left, 6 to right.)
6. Hands on hips and left (R) leg forward—LUNGE!
(1) POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot forward and
right (L) foot backward—PLACE! (1) Feet together—
PLACE! (2) Same, alternately, jumping on toes, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise : West Point breathing. (8 times.)
LESSON 8
1. Hands on neck—PLACE! Running in place, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
2. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! (1) Head backward—BEND! (2) RAISE! (3)
POSITION! (4) (4 times.)
3. Arms sideward—RAISE! Right leg forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Left leg forward—RAISE! (3)
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms forward—RAISE! (1) POSITION! (2)
Arms forward raise and knees—BEND! (3) POSITION!
(4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. ('24
counts.)
5. Arms sideward—RAISE! Right leg, slowly, forward
—RAISE! (1) Slowly—DOWN! (2) Left leg forward—
RAISE! (3) Slowly—DOWN! (4) (12 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk to the right—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) To the left
—BEND! (3) RAISE! (4) (6 times.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
155
7. Arms upward bend and right leg forward—LUNGE!
(1) POSITION! (2) Arms upward bend and left leg for-
ward—LUNGE! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count—
BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.)
LESSON 9
1. Running around the room, up on the toes.
2. Arms forward upward raise and feet—CLOSE!
Head backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Right leg sideward—RAISE!
(3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4,
1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and right (L) leg forward—
LUNGE! (1) Arms sideward—STRETCH! (2) Arms—
BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts to right, 16 to left.)
5. Arms sideward raise and on the right (L) knee—
KNEEL! Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2)
(8 times.)
6. Arms upward—BEND! Arms upward stretch and
trunk to the right—TURN! (1) Arms bend and trunk
forward—TURN! (2) (8 times to right, 8 to left.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale.) (10 times.)
LESSON 10
1. Arms upward—BEND! Upward—-STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Sideward—STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
2. Chest—RAISE (1) DOWN! (2) (10 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward
—BEND! (1) Forward—STRETCH! (2) BEND! (3)
POSITION! (4) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.) •
4. Arms forward—RAISE! (1) POSITION! (2)
Arms sideward—RAISE! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on
count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
136
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg slowly for-
ward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times to left, 8 to
right.)
6. Arms upward bend and feet—CLOSE! Arms side-
ward stretch and trunk to the right (L)—TURN! (1)
Arms Bend and trunk forward—TURN! (2) (8 times to
right, 8 to left.)
7. Run around the room, up on the toes.
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.)
LESSON 11
Repeat Lessons 4 and 5.
LESSON 12
1. Class right — DRESS! FRONT! Forward —
MARCH! On toes—MARCH! Double time—MARCH!
Common time—MARCH! etc.
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on neck and right (L) knee upward—BEND!
(1) POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and right (L) leg sideward-—
LUNGE! (1) Arms sideward—STRETCH! (2) Arms—
BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same, alternately, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc.
5. Arms sideward—RAISE! Arms upward fling and
trunk forward—BEND! (1) Arms sideward and trunk
—RAISE ! (2) Give slowly. (12 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and trunk to the right (L) —
BEND! (1) Arms down and trunk—RAISE! (2) (Al-
ternate, 12 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Jump in place to right (L)
with a turn of 90 degrees. (4 times to right, 4 to left.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward and
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly ex-
hale. (10 times.)
LESSON 13
1. Class right—FACE! Left—FACE! About—FACE!
Forward—MARCH! By the right flank—MARCH! By
the left flank—MARCH! Class—HALT! etc.
2. Hands on neck—PLACE! Head backward—BEND !
(1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
157
3. Arms upward and right (L) knee upward—BEND!
(1) POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Left arm upward and right arm sideward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Right arm upward and left arm sideward—
STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot for-
ward—PLACE! (1) Trunk forward—BEND! (2) RAISE!
(3) POSITION! (4) (4 times to right, 4 to left.)
6. Arms forward bend and left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! Trunk to the right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE!
(2) (Alternate, 8 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Together—PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slowly
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 14
1. Class forward—MARCH! To the rear—MARCH!
By the right flank—MARCH! etc.
2. Arms upward—BEND! Head backward bend and
chest—RAISE! (1) Head raise and chest—DOWN! (2)
(6 times.)
3. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! Arms upward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (8 counts for left,
8 for right.)
4. Arms forward upward raise and left foot forward—
PLACE! (1) POSITION! (2 ) Same with right foot (3)
POSITION! (4) Same on count—BEGIN ! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (24 counts. )
5. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk to the right—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2)
Arms sideward—STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4) (8 times
to right, 8 to left.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot forward
and right (L) foot backward—PLACE! (1) Together—
PLACE! (2) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
158
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.)
LESSON 15
1. Hands on neck—PLACE ! On hips—PLACE! POSI-
TION! Right—FACE! etc. (Quick'changes.)
2. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk slightly backward—BEND! (1) RAISE!
(2) (6 times.)
3. Arms sideward and left (R) leg backward—RAISE!
(1) Trunk forward—BEND! (2) RAISE! (3) POSI-
TION! (4) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4,
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! Left arm upward and right arm sideward—
STRETCH! (2) Arms—BEND! (3) POSITION! (4)
Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc.
(24 counts.)
5. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward—PLACE!
On the right (L) Knee—KNEEL! Trunk backward—
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (4 times to right, 4 to left.)
6. Arms forward bend and left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! (1) Arms sideward fling and trunk to the right
(L) TURN! (2) Arms bend and trunk forward—TURN!
(3) POSITION! (4) (Alternate, 6 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Running in place on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 16
1. Class forward—MARCH! To the rear—-MARCH!
Class—HALT! Right—FACE ! About—FACE! etc.
2. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms sideward and left (R) leg backward—RAISE!
Heels—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (6 counts for left, 6 for right.)
4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE! (1)
Arms sideward—STRETCH! (2) Arms—BEND! (3)
POSITION! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (24 counts.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
159
5. Arms sideward raise and left (R) leg, slowly—
RAISE! (1) Arms and leg, slowly—DOWN! (2) (Alter-
nate, 6 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! (1) Trunk to the left (R)—TURN! (2) For-
ward—TURN! (3) POSITION! (4) (Alternate 6 times.)
7. Hands on hips and right (L) knee upward—BEND!
Hop on left (R) foot, on count—BEGIN, 1-2, 1-2, etc. (12
counts for right, 12 for left.)
8. Breathing exercisie: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 17
1. Hands on hips—PLACE! Running in place, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
2. Arms forward upward raise and right (L) foot side-
ward—PLACE! Trunk, slightly backward—BEND! (1)
RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips and right (L) knee upward—BEND!
Leg forward—STRETCH! (!) BEND! (2) Same on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (8 counts for right, 8 for
left.)
4. Arms forward raise and left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! (1) Arms upward—RAISE! (2) Arms (to hori-
zontal)— DOWN! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count—
BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! (1) Trunk to the left, touching right hand to
left toe—TURN! (2) Forward—TURN! (3) POSITION!
(4) (Alternately 6 times.)
7. Arms upward bend and heels—RAISE! (1) Knees—
BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) POSITION! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.)
B. SINGING GAMES AND FOLK
DANCES
CHILDREN'S POLKA
Formation: Single circle around room, couples facing each other,
hands joined and arms extended shoulder high. Measures 1, 2, part-
ners slide to center of circle, and Measures 3-4, return to places.
Measures 5-8, repeat. Measure 9, clap own thighs, then clap hands
in front of chest. Measure 10, clap partner's hands three times.
Measures 11, 12, repeat last two figures. Measures 13, point R toe
forward and resting R elbow in L hand, shake forefinger of R hand
at partner three times. Measure 14, repeat with L foot and hand.
Measure 15, jump four times in place, making a quarter turn each
time and turning around away from partner. Measure 16, stamp
three times, beginning with R foot.
HOW-DO-YOU-DO
(Music: tempo 2-4.)
Formation: Circle around room, sets of 4 couples facing.
1. Inside hands joined, outside on skirt (or at waist),
4 slides to L, 4 slides back to place (8 counts). Hands
joined, 8 slides around to L (8 counts.)
2. Forward and back (8 counts). Forward and "How-
do-you-do (8 counts). On "how join R hands with op-
posite; on "do shake R hands with opposite; on "you join
L hands with opposite, on 'do' shake L hands with opposite.
Hands joined with opposite, 8 slides toward center of cir-
cle (8 counts), 8 slides back to place (8 counts).
3. "Star. R hands joined with diagonal, 8 skips around
in place, moving to L. Turn, join L hands, 8 skips back to
place.
4. Forward and back. Forward and pass through op-
posite couple. Start with R foot, 6 steps forward, step to R
and courtesy to new couple. (Each one goes to her own R
in "passing through.") (8 counts.)
Repeat from beginning with new couple.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
SAILOR'S HORNPIPE
161
£
—I—J—J—
-m- S' -J- »
i=t=
j i-
:t==P=
■P—p—i—P—p—•—r—i—P—
—r~l p-F-F-h- zgzEtiz-^-F-^h
*—»
=P=?:
II
:p=fz
:p=P
±=P=
1 I S
-5 -mi m- _
:p=g^!=P
—^ E—p—^-p*—* •—
.S_P=f^-..-h=!=h=p_; Zpp_H >-h-^=^-p-p-
«=£=£=
ipzp=pzp:
—P—• -•—-
^:zp=p=d
«=
-|g~
» ^
"f J—,-sy
LZEES:
E*Z3
*=F=3
-TT
»-
-1= :«...#—« V|"|
93=6
-»
:p=p
=t=£
-#—*—hp-
:p=t=rp:
SAILOR'S HORNPIPE.
Exercise 1. Alternate change steps forward beginning R, with
arms folded and held high, body inclined away from advancing foot.
16 counts.
Exercises 2. (1) Spring on R foot with L toe behind R, R hand
thrown out in gesture and L hand on hip—(2) same L—(3-4) change
6 -PE
162 ALABAMA MANUAL OF
step R—(5-8) repeat (1 to 4), beginning on other side—(9-16) alter-
nate change steps backward, beginning R.
Exercise 3. Rope Pulling. (1) Look up and raise R hand for-
ward upward as if grasping a rope and then pull down—(2) same
left. Continue for 8 counts, at the same time advancing quickly on
heels by very short steps, time being kept by arm exercise only.
Rowing. (9-16) Half rocking step with R foot forward, stooping
low and reaching forward with hands as you rock forward, pulling
and bringing up hands close to front of waist as you rock backward,
gradually retreating.
Exercise 4. Lookout. (1-2) Change steps sidewise R with slide
(3, 4) repeat L, R hand held up as if to shield eyes, which are turned
to side—(5-16) repeat alternately L and R.
Exercisie 5. Same as Exercise 2, turning completely around dur-
ing each change step.
Exercise 6. (1-3) Turn and take 3 running steps forward—(4)
hop L sideways R foot forward—(5-16) repeat alternately L and R,
all the time with hands clasped and held low with palms toward floor.
C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY
RACES
P, Playground; R, Room.
1. Arch Ball, page 133.
2. Black Tom.
3. Dodge Ball.
4. Fox and Geese.
5. Guessing Verb.
6. Hill Dill.
7. Third Man.
8. Ball Passing Relay.
9. Forward Bend Relay.
10. Forward Sprint, Relay, page 181.
11. Potato Relay.
BLACK TOM (P.)
Mark two lines on the ground dividing the playing space
into three equal parts. One player is "IT". He stands in
the middle space, all the players being at one end. When
he calls "Black Tom, all the players run and try to reach
the other end. "IT tags as many as possible and all who
are tagged must remain in the center and help tag the
rest, and the one who is "IT may call out "Black Tom.
BODGE BALL (P.)
Players in two equal groups, one group forming a circle
with the other group inside. The outside has some kind of
a soft ball with which they try to hit the players inside the
circle. As soon as one is hit he must join others on the
outside and help hit the others. When all have been hit in
this way the groups change places and repeat.
FOX AND GEESE (P.)
One player is to be the fox and one the gander. All the
remaining players are geese who line up in single file back
of the gander. The last goose is eligible to be caught by
the fox. The gander leads his flock back and forth all
around and the fox endeavors to catch the last one in the
line. If the fox catches a goose*the two exchange places.
GUESSING VERB (R.)
Divide the players into two sides, one side going outside
the room and those remaining choose some verb, which is
164
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
to be guessed and acted by the other party. The players
who were outside the room are told some word which
rhymes with the chosen verb. They then decide on some
verb and act it out. The inside players must then decide if
the acting represents the correct verb. If right they clap
their hands, if not the outside players return and try out
another word. As soon as they have acted out the right
verb, the two sides change places. •
HILL DILL (P.)
This game is very similar to "Black Tom except that the
players run when "Hill Dill is called and the game starts,
players may then run back and forth at any time without
any further call. This makes it more difficult to catch
them.
THIRD MAN (P.)
Played much like three deep,* but is more difficult. Play-
ers stand in couples, facing each other, couples scattered
about any way. The runner is free from being tagged when
he steps between the two players of any couple, and the
chaser must choose the one toward whom the runner turns
his back. Rules otherwise like three deep.
BALL PASSING RELAY (P. R.)
(Use an eraser.) All boys spread legs. First one in
column passes some object back between the legs to the
next boy who passes it on. When last one in column has
recovered it they kneel down, and he runs forward astradle
the other boys to the head of the column. The others quick-
ly rise and the object is passed back between legs, etc., un-
til all have carried it forward.
FORWARD BEND RELAY (P. R.)
No. 1, on each team, runs forward to goal with body bent
forward, hands hanging below knees. Returns upright
on the sprint, and tags No. 2. Continue until all have run.
POTATO OR BLOCK RELAY (P.)
First player carries potatoes (6 stones) one at a time
forward to a given point 20 yards distant. Second one car-
ries them back to the starling point, one at a time. Third
player carries them out again. Continue until all have
run.
See page 150.
Junior High School
FIRST YEAR
A. CALISTHENICS
Do not spend longer than two weeks on each lesson.
First seven weeks review Lessons 1, 2, 5 and 9 of Grade II.
LESSON 1
1. Right (L)—FACE! Left (R)— FACE! About—
FACE! Class forward—MARCH! etc.
2. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! (1)
Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (10 times.)
3. Arms upward—BEND! Sideward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32
counts.) f
4. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left leg forward—RAISE !
(1) DOWN! (2) Right leg forward—RAISE! (3)
DOWN! (4) (6 times.)
5. Hands on neck—PLACE! Trunk forward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Hands on hips—PLACE! Trunk to the right—
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) To the left—BEND! (3)
RAISE! (4) (8 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right leg backward—
RAISE! Hop on left foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2,
etc. (12 counts for right, 12 for left.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward upward and
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly ex-
hale. (10 times.)
LESSON 2
1. Hands on hips—PLACE! Running in place on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
2. Arms sideward and chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN!
(2) (6 times.)
3. Arms sideward and left (R) leg sideward—RAISE!
(1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, * on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.J
* Wherever used, "alternately refers to alternation of exercise
from right to left.
f Since there are two counts to each unit, this means 16 units.
166
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
4. Arms upward—BEND! Right arm sideward—
STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Left arm sideward—
STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.) .
5. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms sideward stretch and trunk to the right—BEND!
(1) Arms bend and trunk—RAISE! (2) (Alternate 10
times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Skip forward around the
room.
8. Breathing exercise: Hands on hips—PLACE! Raise
heels and slowly inhale. Lower heels and slowly exhale.
(10 times.)
LESSON 3
1. Hands on neck—PLACE ! On hips—PLACE ! POSI-
TION! Hands on hips—PLACE ! etc.
2. Arms sideward—RAISE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Right knee upward—
BEND! Forward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Same
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (8 counts for right, 8 for
left.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! (1) Arms sideward—
STRETCH! (2) Arms—BEND! (3) POSITION! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
to the right—BEND (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, 12
times.)
6. Arms sideward—RAISE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Knees—
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (24 counts.)
7. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left leg sideward—
RAISE! Hop on right foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2,
etc. (12 counts for right, 12 for left.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (10 times.)
LESSON 4
1. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! (1) POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
167
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (10 times.)
3. Arms sideward—RAISE! Left leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Right leg sideward—RAISE!
(3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms sideward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and left foot sideward—
PLACE! (1) Trunk to the left—BEND! (2) RAISE! (3)
POSITION! (4) (12 times.)
7. Hands on hips and right knee upward—BEND! (1)
POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Hands on hips—PLACE ! Slow-
ly inhale and exhale. (10 times.)
LESSON 5
1. Class two steps backward—MARCH! 1-2-3. Three
steps forward—MARCH! 1-2-3-4. One step backward—
MARCH! 1-2, etc.
2. Hands on neck—PLACE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (10 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms forward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Sideward
—RAISE! (3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) Backward—BEND!
(3) RAISE! (4) (6 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and right (L) foot forward—
PLACE! (1) Trunk to the right (L)—TURN! (2) For-
ward_TURN! (3) POSITION! (4) (Alternately, 8
times.)
7. Arms upward—BEND! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Together—PLACE! (2) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (10 times.)
168
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
LESSON 6
1. Class right—FACE! Left—FACE! Heels—RAISE !
DOWN! etc.
2. Arms sideward—RAISE! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left leg backward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Right leg backward—RAISE!
(3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Forward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Downward—STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg, slowly, for-
ward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (Alternately, 10 times.)
6. Arms sideward—RAISE! Trunk to the right—
BEND ! (1) RAISE ! (2) Trunk to the left (R)—BEND!
(3) RAISE! (4) (6 times.)
7. Hands on neck—PLACE! Running in place, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (10 times.)
LESSON 7
1. Class right about—FACE! Left—FACE ! Mark time
—MARCH! Forward—MARCH! Class—HALT!
2. Hands on neck—PLACE! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms upward—BEND! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! (1) Left arm upward, right
arm sideward—STRETCH! (2) Arms—BEND! (3) PO-
SITION! (4) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.)
5. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10
times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! On the right (L) knee—KNEEL! Trunk to the
right (L)—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2) To the
left—TURN! (3) Forward—TURN! (4) (Alternately,
6 times.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
169
7. Arms upward—BEND! Arms sideward stretch and
feet sideward—PLACE! (1) Arms bend and feet together
—PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.)
LESSON 8
1. Class right—DRESS! Front! Right—FACE!
Right about—FACE! Forward—MARCH! Class—HALT!
etc.
2. Hands on hips—PLACE Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (10 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left leg forward—RAISE!
(1) DOWN! (2) Right leg forward—RAISE! (3)
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Left arm upward and right
arm sideward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Same, al-
ternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on neck—PLACE! (1) Trunk forward—
BEND! (2) RAISE! (3) POSITION! (4) (8 times.)
6. Arms forward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms sideward fling and trunk to the right (L)—TURN!
(1) Arms bend and trunk forward—TURN! (2) (6
times to right, 6 to left.)
7. Arms sideward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! (1) Arms sideward downward and feet together
—PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.)
LESSON 9
1. Class forward—MARCH! To the rear—MARCH!
Class—HALT! etc.
2. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk, slightly backward—BEND! (1) RAISE!
(2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips and heels—RAISE! (1) Knees—
BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) POSITION! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms forward—BEND! Arms sideward—FLING!
(1) BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
(16 counts.)
170
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
5. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) leg slowly for-
ward—RAISE! (1) Slowly—DOWN! (2) (8 times for
left, 8 for right.)
6. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Touching left hand to right toe—TURN! (2) For-
ward—TURN! (3) POSITION! (4) (Alternately, 8
times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Hop forward on right foot
and backward on left—BEGIN!
8. Breathing exercise: Slowly inhale, then exhale. (8
times.)
LESSON 10
1. Class right about—FACE! Two steps backward—
MARCH! Left—FACE! Forward—MARCH! Class—
HALT! etc.
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (10 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (10 times.)
4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE! (1)
Arms sideward—STRETCH! (2) BEND! (3) POSITION!
(4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24
counts.)
5. Arms upward bend and on the right (L) knee—
KNEEL! Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2)
(6 times to right, 6 to left.)
6. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! Arms sideward stretch and trunk to the left—
TURN! (1) Arms bend and trunk forward—TURN! (2)
Same to right—TURN! (3) Forward—TURN! (4) (12
times.)
7. Hands on hips and left (R) leg forward—LUNGE!
(1) POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.)
LESSON 11
1. Hands on neck—PLACE! Running in place, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
2. Arms sideward—RAISE! Left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! Head backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6
times.)
3. Arms sideward—RAISE! Right leg forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Left leg forward—RAISE!
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
171
(3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, etc.
(24 counts.)
4. Arms forward—RAISE! (1) POSITION! (2)
Arms forward raise and knees—BEND! (3) POSITION!
(4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16
counts.)
5. Arms sideward—RAISE ! Right (L) leg slowly for-
ward—RAISE! (1) Slowly—DOWN! (2) (Alternate, 12
times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk to the right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Al-
ternate 10 times.)
7. Arms upward bend and right (L) leg forward—
LUNGE! (1) POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.)
LESSON 12
1. Running around the room, up on the toes.
2. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot for-
ward—PLACE! Trunk slightly backward—BEND! (1)
RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and right leg forward—LUNGE!
(1) Arms sideward—STRETCH! (2) Arms—BEND! (3)
POSITION! (4) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms sideward raise and on the right (L) knee—
KNEEL! Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2)
(6 times, on right, 6 on left.)
6. Arms upward—BEND! Arms upward stretch and
trunk to the right—TURN! (1) Arms bend and trunk for-
ward—TURN! (2) (Alternately, 8 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE ! Left (R) leg forward and
right (L) heel—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alter-
nately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2- 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 13
1. Arms upward—BEND! Arms upward—STRETCH!
(1) BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
(24 counts.)
172
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward—
BEND! (1) Forward—STRETCH! (2) BEND! (3)'
POSITION! (4) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms forward—RAISE! (1) POSITION! (2) Arms
sideward—RAISE! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count
—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (Alternately, 12 times.)
6. Arms upward bend and feet—CLOSE! Arms side-
ward stretch and trunk to the right(L) —TURN! (1)
Arms bend and trunk forward—TURN! (2) Alternate,
10 times.)
7. Run around the room, up on the toes.
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (10
times.)
LESSON 14
1. Class right — DRESS! FRONT! Forward —
MARCH! On toes—MARCH! Double time—MARCH!
Common time—MARCH! etc.
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on neck and right (L) knee upward—BEND!
(1) POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and right (L) leg sideward—
LUNGE! (1) Arms sideward—STRETCH! (2) Arms—
BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same, alternately, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms sideward—RAISE! Arms upward fling and
trunk forward—BEND! (1) Arms sideward and trunk
—RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and trunk to the right (L) —
BEND! (1) Arms down and trunk—RAISE! (2) (Alter-
nate, 12 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Jump in place with a turn
of 90 degrees. (3 times to right, 3 to left.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 15
Repeat Lessons 6 and 8.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
173
LESSON 16
1. Class forward—MARCH! By the left flank—
MARCH! To the rear—MARCH! Class—HALT! etc.
2. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk to the right—TURN! Trunk slightly
backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (4 times to right,
4 to left.)
3. Arms sideward and right leg backward—RAISE!
(1) DOWN! (2) Same with left leg (3) DOWN! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms forward bend and right (L) foot backward—
PLACE! (1) Arms sideward—FLING! (2) Arms—
BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same, alternately, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms forward—RAISE! Arms upward fling and
trunk backward—BEND! (1) Arms forward and trunk
—RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms sideward upward raise and trunk to the right
— (L)—BEND (1) Arms sideward downward and trunk
—RAISE! (2) (Alternately, 8 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Hop forward on right and
backward on left foot.
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.)
B. FOLK DANCES
Ace of Diamonds, page 144; Tarantella, page 188.
TANTOLI
Formation: Double circle. Partners face forward. Join inside
hands, outside hands on hips.
Measures 1-8: Heel and toe polka, stamping on polka step.
(Place L heel on floor in front, hop on R foot (count one-and). Touch
L toe behind, hop on R (count two-and) then polka step (see "Prac-
tice Polka"). Repeat to other side. Begin with outside foot.
Measure 9-15: With hands on Partner's shoulders, step-hop, turn-
ing R. This may he taken without turning the first time, and with
turning on the repeat.
Measure 16: Stamp 3 times.
Repeat from beginning.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
175
COMING THROUGH THE RYE
(Music: Old tune of same name.)
Formation: In circle; partners side by side, inside hands
joined, outside hands at waist or holding skirt. Progres-
sion counter-clock wise.
Steps. Step and bend; step-hop and swing.
1. Step sideward R, L foot step behind R (count one-
and). Bend knees slightly (count two-and). Repeat L.
Step R, step L foot behind R, step R, point L in front of R.
Repeat all to L.
2. Chorus. Step forward R, swing L foot in front and
hop R. Repeat L, R, L. Both hands at waist, turn in place
with 4 step swings. Repeat 4 step swings forward. Bow
and curtsy 4 counts. Repeat whole dance.
PRACTICE POLKA
(Music: "Coming Through the Rye", or any 2-4 music.)
Formation: Couples side by side with inside hands
joined, outside hands on hips, facing around circle.
Polka step. After a preliminary hop on L foot, step for-
ward with R foot (one) ; close L foot to R foot (and) ; step
forward again with R foot (two) ; hop on R foot (and).
(Meas. 2.) Repeat same, beginning L foot.
Counts. One-and-two-and.
1. Polka 3 times forward, starting with foot away from
partner.
2. Stamp 3 times; face partner.
3. Polka 3 times forward, at same time turning toward
partner, then away, then toward, letting arms swing well:
back then forward and then back.
4. Clap 3 times; partners face.
5. Polka 3 times (see number 3.)
6. Stand still 3 counts (facing partner.)
7. Point R toe forward, place R elbow in L hand, shake
finger at partner 3 counts.
8. Repeat L.
9. Polka once, each one turning in place with hands on
hips.
10. Stamp 3 times.
Repeat from beginning.
176
alabama manual op
THE OSTEND
(Music, "The Ostend.")
Formation: In couples in big circle. (Both start with
R foot.)
1. (Hands crossed "skating position.") Cross step R,
cross step L. Four step-hops, R, L, R, L. Cross Step R—
(Step R to R side, step L behind R, step R to R side, hop on
R and raise L.)
2. (Hands at waist; facing partner.) Cross step R
(moving away from partner.) Cross step L (moving back
to place) R hands joined (high.) Four step-hops R, L, R,
L, (moving around big circle to L.) Finish in original
position.
Repeat from beginning.
VIRGINIA REEL
(Music, Any old-fashioned lively tune.)
Pupils in two lines, several feet apart. If there are more
than twelve, have two or more sets. One end of set is
called the head, the other the foot.
Head
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
Foot
Fig. 1. Head No. 1 and foot No. 2 go toward each
other and back to places, then head No. 2 and foot No. 1.
Note: In figures 2, 3, 4 and 5, the head and foot couples
work diagonally as described in figure 1.
Fig. 2. Head No. 1 and foot No. 2 join R hands, turn
and return to places. Opposite ends same.
Fig. 3. Join L hands, turn and return to places.
Fig. 4. Turn with both hands joined.
Fig. 5. Back around each other, "do-si-do.
Fig. 6. "Cast off. Head couple join R hands and turn
half way around, No. 1 joining L hand with the second
No. 2 and No. 2 with the second No. 1. Continue down
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
177
the set, head couple swinging with the R hand after each
time of swinging one in the line. When foot of set is
reached, head couple join both hands and skip sidewise to
head of set.
Fig. 7. Countermarch. Each line marches with No. 1
and No. 2 of head couple leading, outside of set and down
to foot, where head couple form an arch with both hands
and all others pass under. This brings the second couple
at head and leaves head couple at foot. Continue if de-
sired until all couples have been head couples.
C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY
RACES
P, Playground; R, Room.
1. Balance Tag.
2. Center Base.
3. Chariot Race.
4. Every Man in His Own Den.
5. Hook Arm Tag.
6. Poison.
7. Prisoners' Base.
8. Pin Football.
9. Ball Passing Relay.
10. Blackboard Relay.
11. Forward Bend Relay.
12. Forward Sprint Relay.
BALANCE TAG (R.)
One player is selected to be a runner and another, the
chaser. Each of them puts a bean bag on his head and
must keep it there while running without touching it with
hands. The players run up and down the ciVes and when
the runner wants to stop running he puts the bean bag on
some one else's head and that person becomes the runner..
CENTER BASE (R.)
All the players are seated except ore, who, while stand-
ing by the desk in the center of the room (the desk should
be marked on top with chalk to distinguish it), tosses the
beanbag to some other player. That player must catch the
beanbag and put it on the center desk and quickly chase-
the one who threw it. The thrower tries to get back to the
center base and touch the bean-bag without being tagged.
If he succeeds in this he goes to his seat and the game is
repeated with the other players throwing the bean-bag..
If he is tagged before touching the bean-bag he throws
again and the chaser returns to his seat. See that those;
sitting keep their feet out of aisles.
CHARIOT RACE (P.)
Three players with joined hands make a team. Teams
race between convenient points. A straight-away course
is preferred, with starting and finishing lines. Teams may
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
179
race two by two, and then winners race. Carefully observe
rule of beginning the race from behind the starting line.
On a May day or gala' day it will add to the festivity of the
occasion to have bright colored ribbons (torn from cheese
cloth) held by the two outside "horses and by a fourth
player who acts as driver.
EVERY MAN IN HIS OWN DEN (P.)
Each player marks out for himself a den 2 or 3 feet in
diameter. These dens should be as far apart as they can
have them in the playing space. They start on the plan of
"Prison Base, trying to make prisoners of one another,
but if one is captured he must join his captor in the game
instead of being a prisoner. The main rule of prison base
base applies; for example, if plays 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 leave
their dens in the order of the number, player 1 can be
caught by any of the others and player 6 can tag any or all
of the others he can reach; but as soon as player 1 touches
his den again, that makes him able to tag any of the others.
The play begins by the players "making dares to induce
their opponents from their dens; as they are captured they
form fewer and stronger groups, until finally there are two
groups of about equal strength or one group that rapidly
captures all the rest. That player who, with his captives
finally captures all the rest wins.
HOOK ARM TAG (P.)
Formation, circle: Players paired, inside arms hooked
at elbows, outside hands on hips. Two players are in cen-
ter, one is "IT. The other one is chased by "IT and runs
about circle, either inside or out, and may hook the elbow
of any player. The player he catches, holds fast to him,
and the third one (the one at the other end) is then the one
to be chased. If "IT tags the player chased before he can
hook an arm, the latter chases "IT, or some one set free
by "IT and the game continues.
POISON (P. R.)
A circle is marked on the floor or ground considerably
smaller than another circle formed by the players, clasping
hands, each player tries, by pulling or pushing, to induce
the others to step within the smaller circle, but endeavors
to keep out of it himself. Anyone who touches the ground
within the inner circle, if only with one foot, is said to be
180
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
poisoned. As soon as this happens, the player or players
so poisoned become catchers; the other players shout
"POISONED, and at once break the circle and run for
safety, which consists in standing on wood. The merest
chip will answer, and growing things are not counted wood.
PRISONER'S BASE
Two bases of large size and two prisons should be
marked out. Choose sides of equal number and have them
occupy bases. The object of the game is to make prisoners
of the opponents. The special rule of play is that any
player can tag and thus capture any player of the oppos-
ing side who left his base earlier, that is, the player who has
been away from his base longest can be tagged by any op-
ponent who has not been away so long. The only ways to
escape being tagged are to run so fast that no opponent can
catch you or to go back to your base. When one is tagged,
the tagger can take his prisoner to prison without being
captured. If a player of the same side as a prisoner can
tag him before being tagged by the opponents, he may take
him home without being captured. The success of the game
depends much on the size of bases and prisons and their
location and distance apart. Anyone caught before reach-
ing safety, or in changing places afterward, joins the
catchers.
PIN FOOTBALL
The game is played with a soccer football. Draw two
concentric circles of about five (5) feet and thirty (30)
feet in diameter at each end of a playing area. A circle for
the purpose of jumping is marked out in the center of the
playing area to be three (3) feet in diameter. Five Indian
clubs are placed in the smaller circles at each end of the
area. Divide the players into two (2) teams, one team at
each end protecting its clubs. The captains may place the
number he sees fit.
Start the game by tossing up the ball between two oppo-
nents who are standing in the center circle and facing their
opponents clubs. When the ball has reached its highest
point the players jump and bat the ball into their opponents'
territory. After this the ball must be advanced by kick-
ing, each team trying to kick over their opponents' Indian
clubs. A kick made from outside the larger circle, scores
two points for the kicking side, for each club which is
knocked down. Whenever the ball is kicked into or across
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
181
the larger circle, the attacking side, that is, the side which
made the kick, is given a free kick from any point on the
larger circle the defending players remain in the rear half
of the larger circle until the ball is kicked, then they may
rush forward, and try to prevent the ball from hitting the
clubs. The attacking members must remain outside the
larger circle. One point is given for each club which is
knocked down from a free kick. If the ball is secured, with-
in the larger circle, by a member of the attacking side, he
may throw it at the Indian clubs, the defending players pre-
venting the throw if possible. The attacking players may
pass the ball to each other, in order to make a better throw.
The ball may be thrown by either team after it enters the
larger circle. Each club which is knocked down from a
throw counts one point.
The team wins which secures the greatest number of
points at the end of a definite period.
BALL PASSING RELAY (R.)
(Use an eraser). All boys spread legs. First one in
column passes some object back between legs to the next
boy who passes it on. When last one in column has re-
covered it they kneel down, and he runs forward astradle
the other boys to the head of the column. The others quick-
ly rise and the object is passed back between legs, etc.,
until all have carried it forward.
BLACKBOARD RELAY (R.)
Arrange the pupils so that there will be equal numbers in
each row. At the signal "GO the first player in each row
runs to the board, takes the chalk, makes a mark (which
was previously agreed to) replaces the chalk and returns
touching the next pupil in his row and so on.
FORWARD BEND RELAY (P. R.)
No. 1, on each team, runs forward to goal with body bent
forward, hands hanging below knees, returns upright on
the sprint, and tags No. 2. Continue until all have run.
FORWARD SPRINT RELAY (P. R.)
First player, on each team, with handkerchief in hand,
runs down to or around a given point and returns to start-
ing line. Second player receives handkerchief at starting
line, repeats the run and brings handkerchief back to third
player. Continue until all have run. They must receive
handkerchief back of starting line.
Junior High School
SECOND YEAR
A. CALISTHENICS
Do not spend more than two weeks on each lesson.
First six weeks review Lessons 1, 2 and 4 of first year
Junior High.
LESSON 1
1. Class right—FACE! Right about—FACE! Forward
—MARCH! Column left—MARCH! etc.
2. Arms forward upward—RAISE! (Raising the arms
slowly, arching the back.) (10 times.) .
3. Arms upward and right (L) knee upward—BEND!
Arms forward and right knee forward—STRETCH! (1)
Arms and knee—BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 countsf for right, 10 for left.)
4. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! Arms sideward stretch and heels—RAISE! (1)
Arms bend and heels—DOWN! (2) Same on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Hands on neck—PLACE! Trunk forward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and feet—CLOSE! Trunk to
right—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2) To the left—
TURN! (3) Forward—TURN! (4) (6 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Jump with left foot crossed
in front of right (1) Feet apart (2) Right foot crossed in
front of left (3). Feet apart (4). Same on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward—BEND! Arms
sideward fling and slowly inhale. Arms forward bend and
slowly exhale. (10 times.)
LESSON 2
1. Class right—DRESS! FRONT! Forward—MARCH!
By the left flank—MARCH! To the rear—MARCH! etc.
2. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward—PLACE!
Head backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
t Since there are two ccunts to each unit this means five units.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
183
3. Arms upward and right (L) knee upward—BEND!
Arms sideward and knee forward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (10
counts to right, 10 to left.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Arms upward—STRETCH!
(1) BEND! (2) Sideward—STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Hands on neck and on the right (L) knee—KNEEL!
Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times to
right, 8 to left.)
6. Right (L) hand on hip and left (R) hand on neck—
PLACE! Trunk to the right (L)—BEND! (13) RAISE!
(2) (8 times to right, 8 to left.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot forward
and right (L) foot backward—PLACE! (1) Together—
PLACE! (2) Same alternately, jumping on toes, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8 times.)
LESSON 3
1. Class two steps forward—MARCH! Right about—
FACE! Forward—MARCH! Class—HALT! etc.
2. Arms sideward—RAISE! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) Arch the back. (10 times.)
3. Arms forward bend and right knee upward—BEND!
Arms sideward fling and knee forward—STRETCH! (1)
Arms and knee—BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts to right, 10 to left.)
4. Arms sideward raise and left leg forward—LUNGE!
Double arm circumduction backward on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on neck—PLACE ! Right (L) leg forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Give slowly. (8 times to right,
8 to left.)
6. Arms and feet sideward—PLACE! (1) Trunk to
the right (L)—TURN! (2) Forward—TURN! (3) PO-
SITION! (4) (6 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Jump with a right turn of
180 degrees, (3 times to right, 3 to left.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slowly
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 4
Repeat Lessons 1 and 2.
184
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
LESSON 5
1. Class forward—MARCH! By the right flank—
MARCH! To the rear—MARCH! By the left flank—
MARCH! etc.
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (10 times.)
3. Hands on hips and left leg forward—RAISE! Right
heel—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts for left, 10 for right.)
4. Arms upward — BEND ! Arms sideward —
STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Downward—STRETCH!
(3) BEND! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4,
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms forward raise and right foot forward—
PLACE! (1) Arms sideward and trunk forward—BEND!
(2) Arms and trunk—RAISE! (3) POSITION! (4) (10
times for right, 10 for left.)
6. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
to the right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times to
right, 8 to left.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE ! Right (L) knee upward—
BEND! Hop on left (R) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2,
etc. (16 counts each.)
8. Breathing exercise. West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 6
1. Left—FACE! Forward—MARCH! Column right
—MARCH! To the rear—MARCH! etc.
2. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward—PLACE!
Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips and heels—RAISE! (1) DOWN!
(2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Left arm upward, right arm
sideward and right foot sideward—PLACE! (1) Arms
bend and foot—REPLACE! (2) Same, alternately, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms sideward raise and left (R) leg forward—
LUNGE! (1) Trunk forward—BEND! (2) RAISE! (3)
POSITION! (4) (6 times for left, 6 for right.)
6. Left (R) knee upward—BEND! Grasp knee with
both hands and press it toward chest, keep trunk erect.
(8 times for left, 8 for right.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
185
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot backward
—RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (12 counts for left, 12 for right.)
8. Breathing exercise. Arms forward raise and slowly
inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale. (10
times.)
LESSON 7
1. Class forward—MARCH! By the left flank—
MARCH! Class—HALT! Right about—FACE ! etc.
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Head backward—BEND !
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms forward upward fling and right (L) knee up-
ward—BEND! (1) POSITION! (2) Same, alternately,
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and left leg sideward—LUNGE!
(1) Arms sideward stretch and trunk to the left—BEND!
(2) Arms bend and trunk—RAISE! (3) POSITION!
(4) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms sideward raise and left foot forward—
PLACE! (1) Trunk to the right—TURN! (2) Forward
—TURN! (3) POSITION! (4) (6 times for left, 6 for
right.)
6. Hands on neck—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (24 counts.)
7. Breathing exercise. West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 8
Repeat Lessons 5 and 6.
LESSON 9
1. Class right—FACE! Forward—MARCH! Column
right—MARCH! To the rear—MARCH! Class—HALT!
2. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward—PLACE!
Head backward—BEND (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms forward—BEND! Arms sideward fling and
heels—RAISE! (1) Arms bend and heels—DOWN! (2)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms downward stretch and trunk forward—BEND! (1)
Arms bend and trunk—RAISE! (2) (10 times.)
186
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
5. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms upward fling and trunk to the right (L)—BEND!
(1) Arms downward and trunk—RAISE! (2) (6 times
to right, 6 to left.)
6. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! Hop on right foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2,
etc. (10 counts to left, 10 to right.)
7. Breathing exercises: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (10 times.)
LESSON 10
1. Class forward—MARCH! To the rear—MARCH!
By the right flank—MARCH! Class—HALT! etc.
2. Arms upward—BEND! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips and feet—CLOSE! Left (R) leg side-
ward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms sideward upward fling and knees—BEND!
(1) Arms sideward downward and knees—STRETCH!
(2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) foot forward
and left (R) foot backward—PLACE! (1) Together—
PLACE! (2) Same alternately, jumping on toes, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
7. Breathing exercises: Arms sideward raise and
slowly inhale. Arms down and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 11
1. Class right about—FACE! Forward—MARCH! To
the rear—MARCH! etc.
2. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward—PLACE!
Trunk slightly backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6
times. )
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward
—BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Feet sideward—PLACE! Arms sideward upward
raise and knees—BEND! (1) Arms sideward downward
and knees—STRETCH! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
187
5. Hands on hips and feet—CLOSE ! Trunk forward—
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.)
6. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms sideward stretch and trunk to the right (L)—TURN!
(1) Arms bend and trunk forward—TURN! (2) (Alter-
nate, 10 times.)
7. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Jump
with left foot crossed in front of right—(1) Feet apart—
(2) Jump with right foot crossed in front of left—(3)
Feet apart—(4) Same jumping on toes, on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise. West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 12
Repeat Lessons 7 and 9.
LESSON 13
1. Class right face and forward—MARCH! Class—
HALT! Forward—MARCH! Fours right—MARCH!
etc.
2. Arms sideward—RAISE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms upward and right (L) knee upward—BEND!
Arms upward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Same on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts for right, 10 for
left.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Left arm upward, right arm
sideward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Same, alternate-
ly, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms upward—BEND ! Trunk forward—BEND !
(1) RAISE! (2) Arms sideward—STRETCH! (3) BEND!
(4) (6 times.)
6. Arms sideward upward—RAISE! Trunk to the
right—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) To the left—BEND!
(4) <6 times.)
7. Arms upward—BEND! Arms sideward stretch and
feet sideward—PLACE! (1) Arms bend and feet together
PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and in-
hale. Arms sideward downward and exhale. (10 times.)
LESSON 14
1. Class forward—MARCH! To the rear—MARCH!
Class—HALT! etc.
188
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
2. Arms sideward and chest slowly—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (10 times.)
3. Hands on hips and left (R) leg backward—RAISE!
(1) Trunk slightly forward—BEND! (2) RAISE! (3)
POSITION! (4) Same, alternately on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and right (L) leg forward—
LUNGE! (1) Arms sideward stretch and trunk forward
—BEND! (2) Arms bend and trunk—RAISE! (3) PO-
SITION! (4) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2-
3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.)
6. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! Trunk to the left (R)—TURN! (1) Forward—
TURN! (2) (Alternate, 12 times.)
7. Hands on neck—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 15
1. Hands on neck—PLACE! On hips—PLACE ! Arms
upward—BEND! POSITION! etc.
2. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot for-
ward—PLACE! Head backward—BEND! (1) RAISE!
(2) Arch the back (6 times.)
3. Arms upward—BEND! Right (L) knee upward—
BEND! Knee forward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts for right,
16 for left.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Arms upward stretch and
heels—RAISE! (1) Arms bend and heels—DOWN! (2)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
5. Hands on neck and left (R) foot sideward—PLACE!
Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.)
6. Arms forward bend and left foot forward—PLACE !
Arms sideward fling and trunk to the right—TURN! (1)
Arms bend and trunk forward—TURN! (2) (Alternate,
12 times.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Jump in place with a 00
degree turn, left and right. (3 times to left, 3 to right.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward' raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 16
1. Hands on neck—PLACE! On hips—PLACE! PO-
SITION! Arms sideward—RAISE! POSITION! Quick
clian ges
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips and left (R) leg backward—RAISE!
(1) POSITION! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2,
etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Left arm upward and right
arm forward—STRETCH! (1) Arms—BEND ! (2) Same
alternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on neck and left (R) foot backward—PLACE!
Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and left foot forward—PLACE!
(1) Trunk to the right (L)—BEND! (2) RAISE! (3)
POSITION! (4) (Alternate, 6 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Running in place, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (6
times.)
B. FOLK DANCES
Sailor's Hornpipe, page 160.
TARANTELLA
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
191
TARANTELLA
INTRODUCTION.
A.
Measure 1-14: Beginning with the right foot, and making two
steps to a measure, all run forward around the room and up the cen-
ter in a straight column.
Measure 15: Partners face each other, and run in place.
Measure 16: Partners make salutation to one another; No. 2
touches the right tee across behind the left foot and bends knees,
making a deep curtsy, at the same time extending both arms and
raising them siightly to the side.
1 B-
Measure 1-2: Beginning with the right foot, all run forward
four steps, keeping to the right in passing partners.
Measure 3-4: With four running steps turn around to the right
in place, and face partner.
Measure 5-6: With four running steps all cross over again,
keeping to the right in passing partners.
Measure 7-8: With four running steps turn around to the right
in place, and face partner.
2 C.
Measure 1: Hop on L foot and at same time touch R toe across
in front of L (one and), hop on L foot and touch R toe at side (two
and).
Measure 2-4: Continue.
Measure 5-8: Repeat with L foot.
, Measure 9-16: Bend toward partner and slide around in a circle,
twice to L. L foot leading and R following. Keep heads close to-
gether.
3 A.
Measure 1: Hop on R foot and touch L forward (one and), hop
on L and touch R forward (two and).
Measure 2-8: Continue.
Measure 9-16: Slide around in circle as at close of preceding
figure.
4 B-
Measure 1: With a spring, make a quarter turn to R landing
with. L toe forward, rise on toes (one and), sink heels (two and).
Measure 2: With a spring make a half turn to the L landing
with R toe forward, rise on toes (one and), sink heels (two and).
Measure 3-8: Continue turning alternately R and L, a half turn
always.
C.
Measure 1-8: Continue above, keep face toward partner.
Measure 9-16: Cross R arm under partner's R arm and placing
Ti hand behind own waist grasp partner's R hand with it. Raise L
foot backward and hopping twice on R foot to each measure, circle
around with partner and back to original places.
INTERLUDE.
A.
Measure 1-6: In double column, all run forward, ones lead
around room to L, twos to R, then back to original places.
5 B.
Measure 1-8: Same as 1-8 of first figure.
The first two couples now form a set, the next two and so on.
Measure 1-8: Same as 1-8 of second figure.
Measure 9-16: Same as 9-16 of second figure but inclined to cen-
ter of set.
192
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
7 A.
Measure 1-8: Same as Measure 1-8 of third figure.
Measure 9-16: Same as measure 9-16 of sixth figure.
8 B.
Same as 1-8 of fourth figure but in sets of four.
Measure 1-8: With left arms raised slightly higher than shoul-
der-level, first No. 1 and second No. 2, and second No. 1 and first No.
2, join right hands across center of square. Raise the left foot back-
ward, and hop on the right foot forward and around in a circle mak-
ing two hops to each measure, the whole set swinging twice around.
Measure 9-16. All face the other way, join hands across center
of square, and, hopping on left foot swing the whole set twice around
in the other direction. Finish on the last note with partners side by
side as in the original formation.
CONCLUSION.
A.
Measure 1-16: In double-column, all run forward around the
room and off.
The whole exercise is very light and exuberant. Toward the end
the music should be accelerated, so that the last turn is almost a
while and the conclusion is quick and bright.
CHIMES OF DUNKIRK
a. Children are in a circle, each facing a partner. Clap hands
three times, tap floor three times, then join hands with partner, and
turn to the left once and a half around, so that when each child leaves
his partner he will meet a new one, with whom he repeats the clap-
ping, tapping, and turning. Each child in going around the circle
continues in the same direction in which he was facing when the dance
began.
b. Children are in a circle in marching order. Clap three times,
tap three times, walk forward around the circle four steps, then turn
and walk the other way four steps. Repeat clapping and tapping,
and advance first in the new direction, then turn and go the other
way.
c. Clap three times (facing center), join hands and advance to-
ward center four steps and retreat.
C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY
RACES
P, Playground; R, Room.
1. Dodge Ball.
2. Circle Tag.
3. Curtain Ball.
4. Fill the Gap%
5. Hindo Tag.
6. Forward Sprint Relay Race, page 181.
7. Hold Hop Relay.
8. Shoe Circle Relay.
9. Pass Ball Relay, page 181.
10. Potato Relay.
11. Wheelbarrow Relay.
DODGE BALL (P.)
Circle, two in the center: A light inflated ball (soccer,
volley, basketball) is thrown by a pupil outside the circle in
an attempt to hit the players inside the circle. When one of
the players in the center is hit, he takes the place of the one
who threw the ball.
CIRCLE TAG (P.)
Formation, Circle. Draw a circle about four feet in
diameter on the ground around which the players form a
circle, facing in, with arms locked about the shoulders. At
signal "GO all pull, -trying to make some player step in-
to the circle. Any player who steps into the circle loses
a point for his team, or he may be made to withdraw from
game.
CURTAIN BALL (P.)
A ball is thrown back and forth over a curtain which
conceals the opposing players from each other. The ball
should not be allowed to touch the ground, and counts a
score for the opponents whenever it does so. One or more
balls may be used, according to the number of pupils tak-
ing part.
Do not use outside boundaries for this game. Divide
the ground into two equal parts by an opaque curtain eight
7—PE
194
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
feet in height, strung on a rope or wire by the use of side
supports. The curtain should touch the ground, so that
there is no means of seeing the opposite players. Each
side should select an umpire, who should stand at one end
of the curtain on the opponents side, where he can see and
keep score.
Whenever the ball touches the ground the opponents
score one point. The side which first scores twenty-one
points wins.
FILL THE GAP (P. R.)
Formation, Circle. "IT runs around the outside of the
circle and strikes anyone of the players on the back. The
player who has been struck becomes "IT". He chases the
one who struck him, in the reverse direction around the
circle. If "IT touches the player chased before he gets
back to the gap the chased player becomes "IT again. If
not, "IT slaps someone else on the back, etc.
HINDU TAG (P. R.)
Formation; seated in limited playing area. One player is
"IT. He chases players about and may tag anyone who
is not in a safe position, (both knees and forehead on the
ground.) Players ought not to remain in one place, but
should move about. The last player tagged is "IT". Play-
ers should not go out of playing area.
HOLD HOP RELAY (P. R.)
Hold-one foot in hand, hop on other to a given point,
return in same way except for changing feet.-
SHOE CIRCLE RELAY (P.)
Formation, Columns of files. First player runs out to
circle (about 50 feet in front) and takes off one shoe,
leaving it in circle, and returns to starting line touching
off second player. Second player runs out to circle, takes
off one shoe, leaving it in circle, and carries back the
shoe of the first player to starting line, touching off a
third player. All the players following do the same.
When the last one in column has run out to circle, taken
off his shoe, and returned with the next-to-the-last man's-
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
195
shoe, he touches off any one selected from his team (fast-
est) to go out and return with the last shoe.
POTATO RELAY (P.)
"Mark a starting line near one side of an open playing
space; 6 feet from it make a circle 20 inches in diameter,,
and at intervals of 3 feet from the circle and beyond it
mark from 6 to 10 crosses, depending on the size of the
room. In the circle place as many potatoes, erasers or
blocks of wood as there are crosses. This is the outfit for
one runner; provide as many as room and time allow.
The players can do this quickly by organizing the work.
At the signal each player who is to run starts forward
from starting line, takes "potato from the circle and
places it on a cross, returns and gets another and places
it likewise and continues until all are placed; then he re-
turns to the starting line. The first to cross the starting
line after doing his work is the winner.
WHEELBARROW RELAY (P. R.)
Divide the class into several teams, have each team line
up in parallel lines; first person walks on hands, second
person carrying his feet, advance to a given point and per-
son doing the wheeling leaves his wheelbarrow and runs
back and gets down to be the wheelbarrow for the next
person in his team, continue until all have wheeled across
the line.
Junior High School
THIRD YEAR
A. CALISTHENICS
Do not spend more than two weeks on each lesson.
First six weeks review Lessons 1, 2 and 4 of first year
Junior High.
LESSON 1
1. Class forward—MARCH! Class—HALT! Right—
FACE! Left—FACE! About—FACE! etc.
2. Arms sideward—RAISE! Palms upward turn and
head backward—BEND! (1) Palms downward turn and
head—RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms upward—BEND! Left leg sideward—RAISE!
(1) DOWN! (2) Right leg sideward—RAISE! (3)
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (32 counts. )f
4. Arms sideward upward and heels—RAISE! Arms
sideward, downward and heels—DOWN! (2) Same on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms upward—BEND! Trunk forward—BEND!
(1) Trunk—RAISE! (2) Arms sideward—STRETCH!
(3) Arms—BEND! (4) (8 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) leg sideward—
LUNGE! (1) Trunk to the left (R)—BEND! (2)
RAISE! (3) POSITION! (4) (6 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot forward
and right (L) foot backward—PLACE! (1) Together—
PLACE! (2) Same, alternately, * jumping on toes, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 2
1. Hands on hips—PLACE! On neck—PLACE! PO-
SITION! Arms upward—BEND! POSITION! (Quick
changes.)
* Wherever used, "alternately refers to alternation of exercise
from right to left.
f Since there are two counts to each unit, this means eight units.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
197
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (Arch the back.) (8 times.)
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) leg forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Arms forward—STRETCH!
(1) BEND! (2) Forward—STRETCH! (3) BEND!
(4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24
counts.)
5. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) To the right—BEND!
(3) RAISE! (4) (6 times forward and to right, 6 back-
ward and to left.)
6. Hands on hips—PLACE! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Together—PLACE! (2) Same jumping on the toes,
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
7. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 3
1. Hands on hips—PLACE! Running in place, heels
up high behind, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
2. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk slightly backward—BEND! (1) RAISE!
(2) (Arch the back.) (6 times.)
3. Arms sideward and left (R) leg sideward—RAISE!
(1) DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
(10 counts for left, 10 for right.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Right arm upward—
STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Left arm upward—
STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Arms sideward raise and feet—CLOSE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) Repeat slowly. (10
times.)
6. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
to the left (R)—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2) (Al-
ternate 12 times.)
7. Arms sideward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! (1) Arms sideward downward and feet together
—PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count—BE-
GIN!. 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
198
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
8. Breathing exercise. Hands on hips—PLACE! Slow-
ly inhale and exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 4
Repeat Lessons 1 and 2.
LESSON 5
1. Forward—MARCH! By the right flank—MARCH!
To the rear—MARCH! etc.
2. Arms upward—BEND! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) Give slowly (8 times.)
3. Arms forward upward and left (R) leg forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Upward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Sideward—STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms upward bend and left (R)- leg forward—
LUNGE! (1) Trunk forward—BEND! (2) Trunk—
RAISE! (3) POSITION! (4) (Alternate 24 counts.)
6. Arms and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk to the
right (L)—BEND! (1) (Touching the fingers to floor)
RAISE! (2) (Alternate 6 times.)
7. Jump with 180 degree turn right (L). (3 times to
right, 3 to left.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 6
1. Arms sideward RAISE! POSITION! Hands on
neck—PLACE ! On hips—PLACE ! etc. (Quick changes.)
2. Arms upward—BEND! Head backward—BEND!
(1) (RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward-—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same alternately on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg forward—
LUNGE! (1) Arms sideward—STRETCH! (2) Arms—
BEND! (3) Arms upward—STRETCH! (4) Arms—
BEND! (5) POSITION! (6) Same alternately on count
—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3-4-5-6, etc. (20 counts.)
5. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (10 times.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
199
6. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk to the right—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2)
To the left—BEND! (3) RAISE! (4) (6 times.)
7. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) foot forward
and right (L) foot backward—PLACE! (1) Together—
PLACE! (2) Same alternately, jumping on toes, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (10 times.)
LESSON 7
1. Right—FACE! About—FACE! Left—FACE ! etc.
2. Hands on hips—PLACE ! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms sideward—RAISE! Left (R) leg forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same alternately on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms sideward—RAISE! Double arm cireumduc-
tion forward (backward) on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
(24 counts.)
5. Arms sideward raise and feet—CLOSE! Trunk to
the right—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2) To the
left—TURN! (3) Forward—TURN! (4) (6 times.)
6. Arms sideward and heels—RAISE! (1) Knees—
BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) POSITION! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 8
Repeat Lessons 5 and 6.
LESSON 9
1. Class mark time—MARCH! Forward—MARCH!
To the rear—MARCH! Class—HALT! etc.
2. Hands on neck—PLACE! Trunk slightly backward
—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms sideward and left leg forward—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) Arms sideward and right leg forward—
RAISE! (3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-
3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
200
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
4. Arms forward—RAISE! (1) Sideward—FLING!
(2) Forward—FLING! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on
count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Hands on hips and on the right (L) knee—KNEEL!
Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times to
right, 6 to left.)
6. Arms forward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms sideward fling and trunk to the right (L)—BEND!
(1) Arms forward bend and trunk—RAISE! (2) (Al-
ternate, 10 times.)
7. Hands on hips and left (R) foot sideward—PLACE!
Heels—RAISE! (1) Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—
STRETCH! (3) Heels—DOWN! (4) Same on count—
BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise. West Point breathing. (6
times.)
LESSON 10
1. Right—FACE! Left—FACE! Hands on neck—
PLACE! On hips—PLACE !' etc. (Quick changes.)
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (10 times.)
3. Arms sideward and left (R) leg forward—RAISE!
(1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Arms upward—STRETCH!
(1) BEND! (2) Sideward—STRETCH! (3) BEND!
(4) Forward—STRETCH! (g) BEND! (6) Same on
count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3-4-5-6, etc. (36 counts.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.)
6. Arms and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk to the
right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate 12
times.)
7. Hands on hips and left (R) foot forward—PLACE!
Heels—RAISE! (1) Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—
STRETCH! (3) Heels—DOWN! (4) Same on count—
BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
201
LESSON 11
1. Class forward—MARCH! By the right flank—
MARCH! By the left flank—MARCH! To the rear—
MARCH! Class—HALT! etc.
2. Arms upward—BEND! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
3. Arms forward upward and left (R) leg forward—
RAISE! (1) Arms and leg—DOWN! (2) Same, alter-
nately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Left arm upward and right
arm sideward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Right arm
upward and left arm sideward—STRETCH! (3) BEND!
(4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24
counts.)
5. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) leg for-
ward—LUNGE! (1) Trunk forward—BEND! (2)
RAISE! (3) POSITION! (4) (6 times each.)
6. Left (R) hand on hip and right (L) arm sideward
—RAISE! Trunk to the right—BEND! (1) Trunk—
RAISE! (2) (6 times to right, 6 to left.)
7. Arms sideward—RAISE! Right (L) knee upward
—BEND! Hop on left (R) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (16 counts each.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (10 times.)
LESSON 12
1. Hands on hips—PLACE! Running in place, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
2. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot back-
ward—PLACE! Trunk slightly backward—BEND! (1)
RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips and left (R) leg backward—RAISE!
Trunk forward—BEND! (1) (RAISE! (2) (3 times for
left, 3 for right.)
4. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! (1) Arms upward—STRETCH! (2) Arms—
BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg, slowly for-
ward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times for left, 6
for right.)
6. Arms sideward—RAISE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.)
202
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Tog-ether—PLACE! (2) Left (R) foot forward and
right (L) foot backward—PLACE! (3) Together—
PLACE! (4) Same, alternately, jumping on toes, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 13
Repeat Lessons 7 and 9.
LESSON 14
1. Hands on hips—PLACE! On neck—PLACE! PO-
SITION! Right—FACE! Lefc—FACE! etc.
2. Hands on neck and left (R) foot sideward—PLACE!
Head backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (3
times for left, 3 for right.)
4. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! (1) Arms upward—STRETCH! (2) Arms—
BEND! (3) POSITION!. (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on neck—PLACE! Right (L) leg, slowly for-
ward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times for right, 6
for left.)
6. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.)
7. Arms sideward raise and right (L) knee upward—
BEND! Hop on left (R) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2,
etc. (16 counts for right, 16 for left.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 15
1. Hands on hips—PLACE! Hop forward on right
foot and backward on left.
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2).
3. Hands on neck and left (R) leg backward—RAISE!
Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (4 times for
left, 4 for right.)
4. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg sideward—
LUNGE! (1) Arms sideward—STRETCH! (2) Arms—
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
203
BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.)
5. Arms forward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6
times.)
6. Hands on neck—PLACE! Right (L) leg sideward
—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times for right, 6 for
left.)
7. Hands on neck—PLACE! Running in place, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 16
1. Right—FACE! Class forward—MARCH! Class—
HALT! etc. (Quick changes.)
2. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk slightly backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6
times.)
3. Hands on hips and right (L) leg forward—RAISE!
(1) POSITION! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2,
etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms forward raise and left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! (1) Arms upward—FLING! (2) Arms (to
horizontal)—DOWN! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on
count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2).
6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot backward—
PLACE! Trunk to the left (R)—TURN! (1) Forward
—TURN! (2) ( Alternately, 6 times.)
7. Arms sideward upward fling and feet sideward—
PLACE! (1) Arms sideward downward and feet to-
gether—PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (6
times.)
B. FOLK DANCES
Pop Goes the Weasel, page 116; Practice Polka, page 175;
Virginia Reel, page 176.
MAY POLE DANCE
Introduction.
J-j-J
i=^-\^=f=r=k
v-
1 2
-T r4
~=t
I
m
t
i s
-1
i
&
ii
$
12
13
TS* —0-
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
205
Formation: Double circle around May-pole. All face forward
around circle, inside hands joined and held high, outside hands hold-
ing skirts. Number couples off in threes.
Measures 1-8: Partners move around circle twelve skip-steps.
Form large circle; inside partner turning in place, outside moving
by her side. Finish facing center, all hands joined in one large circle.
Measures 9-10: Forward four skip-steps, heads well up.
Measures 11-12: Backward four skip-steps.
Measures 13-16: Repeat forward and backward.
Measures 17-24: Join right hands with partner and turn in
places sixteen skip-steps. Hold skirts with left hand. Finish in
double circle, partners facing each other.
Measures 1-2: Hold skirts with both hands and polka to right
side, point left foot diagonally forward and touch left toe behind
right heel.
Measures 3-4: Repeat left, pointing right toe forward and in
back.
Measures x 5-8: Repeat right and left.
Measures 9-16: Join right hands with partner and turn with
eight polka steps. Finish in single circle.
Measures 17-24: All join hands and skip four steps to center and
four back to place, and repeat.
Measures 1-2: Couples No. 1; skip four steps to center with
partner and each take a ribbon in her right hand.
Measures 3-4: Return to place with four skip-steps.
Measures 5-8 : Couples No. 2 the same.
Measures 9-12: Couples No. 3 the same.
Measures 13-16: All face partners and wait in place.
Measures 17-24: Chain (grand right and left) around pole six-
teen skip-steps. Start passing with right shoulders together. Hold
skirts with left hand, ribbon in right hand.
Measures 1-8: All forward four skip-steps and drop ribbons.
Backward four skip-steps to position, all joining hands. Repeat step
forward and backward. . .
Measures 9-24: All skip eight steps to left, eight steps to right
and continue; leader leading circle away from the May-pole.
C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY
RACES
P, Playground; R, Room.
1. Bull in the Ring.
2. Dodge Ball, page 163.
3. Jumping Circle.
4. Pass Round.
5. Tug of War.
6. Hold Hop Relay, page 194.
7. Forward Sprint Relay, page 150.
BULL IN THE RING (P. R.)
Formation—Circle, holding hands. One pupil, who is
termed the Bull, is placed in the center. If there are more
than twenty-five men in the ring, have two bulls. The
bull tries to break out by charging the ring so that the
clasped hands are forced apart. If the bull gets out, the
player to the left of the gap becomes bull.
JUMPING CIRCLE (P.)
Formation—Circle about 20 feet in diameter. One player
in center holding a light rope about fifteen feet long with
a soft weight on one end. Player in center swings rope
around so that players in circle have to jump it. Player
failing to jump rope has a point counted against his team;
or he may be made to withdraw from the game.
PASS ROUND (R.)
Formation—Circle, players about four feet apart. Play-
ers number off, odds forming one team, evens the other. A
ball, hat or some object is given each team on opposite
sides of the circle. At a signal the teams pass the objects
to the right to members of the same team only. Each play-
er must catch the object in his turn. Team which passes
its object so that it catches up with opponents, wins. Pu-
pil dropping the object must regain it himself and pass it
on fairly.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
207
TUG OF WAR (P. R.)
Divide the pupils into two equal sides each holding half
of a strong rope about thirty feet in length. Tie a hand-
kerchief in the center of the rope. All the players on both
sides grasp the rope strongly, holding it so that the hand-
kerchief stands at first just above a half-way joint marked
with chalk on the floor. On signal they all pull as hard as
possible and the side wins which pulls and holds the hand-
kerchief over on their side of the line.
Senior High School
FIRST YEAR
A. CALISTHENICS
Do not spend more than two weeks on each lesson.
First six weeks review Lessons 1, 2 and 4 of first year
Junior High.
LESSON 1
1. Class forward—MARCH! By the right flank—
MARCH! To the rear—MARCH! By the left flank—
MARCH! etc.
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips and left (R) leg forward—rRAISE!
Right (L) heel—RAISE!(1) DOWN! (2) Same, alter-
nately * on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)f
4. Arms upward — BEND! Arms sideward —
STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Downward—STRETCH!
(3) BEND! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-
3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Arms forward upward raise and right (L) foot for-
ward—PLACE! (1) Arms sideward and trunk forward
—BEND! (2) Arms and trunk—RAISE! (3) POSITION!
(4) (6 times.)
6. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
to the right—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) To the left—
BEND! (3) RAISE! (4) (6 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (16 counts for left, 16 for right.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (6
times.)
LESSON 2
1. Left—FACE! Forward—MARCH! Column right
—MARCH! To the rear—MARCH! etc.
2. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward—PLACE!
Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips and heels—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2)
Same on Count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
* Wherever used, "alternate refers to alternation of exercise,
from right to left.
t Since there are two counts to the unit, this means 12 units.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
209
4. Arms upward—BEND! Left arm upward, right
arm sideward and right foot sideward—PLACE! (1)
Arms bend and foot—REPLACE! (2) Same, alternately,
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
5. Arms sideward raise and left (R) leg forward—
LUNGE! (1) Trunk forward—BEND! (2) RAISE! (3)
POSITION! (4) (Alternate 6 times.)
6. Left (R) knee upward—BEND! Grasp knee with
both hands and press it toward chest, keep trunk erect. (4
times for left, 4 for right.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg backward—
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly exhale.
(8 times.)
LESSON 3
1. Class forward—MARCH! By the left flank—
MARCH! Class—HALT! Right about—FACE! etc.
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Trunk slightly backward
—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms forward upward fling and right (L) knee up-
ward—BEND! (1) POSITION! (2) Same, alternately,
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg sideward—
LUNGE! (1) Arms sideward stretch and trunk to the
left (R)—BEND! (2) Arms bend and trunk—RAISE!
(3) POSITION! (4) Same, alternately, on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Hands on neck and on the right (L) knee—KNEEL!
Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (4 times to
right, 4 to left.)
6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! Trunk to the right (L)—TURN! (1) Forward
—TURN! (2) (6 times to right, 6 to left.)
7. Hands on neck—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
210
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
LESSON 4
1. Class right—FACE ! Forward—MARCH! Column
right—MARCH! To the rear—MARCH! Class—HALT I
etc.
2. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward—PLACE!
Head backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms forward—BEND! Arms sideward fling and
heels—RAISE ! (1) Arms bend and heels—DOWN! (2)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms forward raise and left (R) foot sideward—-
PLACE! (1) Arms upward—FLING! (2) Arms (to
horizontal)—DOWN! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on
count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms downward stretch and trunk forward—BEND! (1)
Arms bend and trunk—RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms upward fling and trunk to the right (L)—TURN!
(1) Arms down (to horizontal) and trunk forward—
TURN! (2) (6 times to right, 6 to left.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot backward
—RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts for left, 16 for right.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 5
Repeat Lessons 1 and 2.
LESSON 6
1. Class forward—MARCH! To the rear—MARCH!
By the right flank—MARCH! Class—HALT! etc.
2. Arms upward—BEND! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips and feet—CLOSE! Left (R) leg
sideward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms sideward upward fling and knees—BEND! (1)
Arms sideward downward and knees—STRETCH! (2)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
5. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
211
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot forward
and right (L) foot-backward—PLACE! (1) Feet togeth-
er—PLACE! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
(16 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 7
1. Class right about—FACE! Forward—MARCH! To
the rear—MARCH! etc.
2. Hands on neck—PLACE! Head backward bend and
chest—RAISE! (1) Head raise and chest—DOWN! (2)
(6 times.)
8. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward
—BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms sideward and feet sideward—PLACE! (1)
Arms upward—FLING! (2) Arms (to horizontal) —
DOWN! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.)
5. Hands on hips and feet—CLOSE ! Trunk forward—
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms sideward stretch and trunk to the right (L) TURN!
(1) Arms bend and trunk forward—TURN! (2) (Alter-
nate, 8 times.)
7. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Jump
with left foot crossed in front of right—(i) Feet apart—
(2) Jump with right foot crossed in front of left—(3)
Feet part—(4) Same, alternately, jumping on toes, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 8
1. Class right face and forward—MARCH! To the
rear—MARCH! Fours right—MARCH! etc.
2. Arms sideward—RAISE! Trunk, slightly, back-
ward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms upward and right (L) knee upward—BEND!
(1) POSITION! (2) Same, alternately, on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Left arm upward, right
arm sideward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Same, al-
ternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
212
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
5. Arms upward—BEND! Trunk forward—BEND!
(1) . RAISE! (2) Arms sideward—STRETCH! (3)
BEND! (4) Same slowly, on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4,
1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.)
6. Arms sideward upward—RAISE! Trunk to the
right—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate 6 times.)
7. Arms sideward upward fling and feet sideward—
PLACE! (1) Arms sideward downward and feet together
—PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes, on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and in-
hale. Arms sideward downward and exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 9
Repeat Lessons 6 and 7.
LESSON 10
1. Class forward—MARCH! To the rear—MARCH!
Class—HALT! etc.
2. Arms sideward and chest slowly—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips and left (R) leg backward—RAISE!
(1) Trunk slightly forward—BEND! (2) RAISE! (3)
POSITION! (4) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and right (L) leg forward—
LUNGE! (1) Arms sideward stretch and trunk forward
—BEND! (2) Arms bend and trunk—RAISE! (3) PO-
SITION! (4) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2-
3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
6. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! Trunk to the left (R)—TURN (1) Forward—
TURN! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.)
7. Hands on neck—PLACE'.Heels—RAISE! (1) Knees
—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—DOWN!
(4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24
counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 11
1. Class forward—MARCH! Class—HALT! Right—
FACE! Left—FACE! About—FACE! etc.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
213
2. Arms sideward—RAISE! With upward turning of
hands, head backward—BEND! (1) With downward
turning of hands, head—RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms upward—BEND! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms sideward upward and heels—RAISE! (1)
Arms sideward downward and heels—DOWN! (2) Same
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, (24 counts.)
5. Arms upward—BEND! Trunk forward—BEND!
(1). Trunk—RAISE! (2) Arms sideward—STRETCH!
(3) Arms—BEND! (4) (8 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) leg sideward—
LUNGE! (1) Trunk to the left (R)— BEND! (2) RAISE!
(3) POSITION! (4) (Alternate, 8 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot forward
and right (L) foot backward—PLACE! (1) Feet together
—PLACE! (2) Same, alternately, jumping on toes, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. "(8 times.)
LESSON 12
1. Hands on hips—PLACE! On neck—PLACE ! PO-
SITION! Arms upward—BEND! POSITION! etc. (Quick
change of positions.)
y 2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) leg forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Left (R) arm upward and
right (L) arm sideward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2)
Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN, 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32
counts.)
5. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) To the right—BEND!
(3) RAISE! (4) (Alternate, 8 times.)
6. Hands on hips—PLACE! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Together—PLACE! (2) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
7. Breathing exercise: West point breathing. (8
times.)
214
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
LESSON 13
Repeat Lessons 10 and 11.
LESSON 14
1. Quick change of starting positions as: Hands on
neck—PLACE! On hips—PLACE! etc.
2. Arms upward—BEND! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg forward—
LUNGE! (1) Arms sideward—STRETCH! (2) Arms—
BEND! (3) Arms upward—STRETCH! (4) Arms—
BEND! (5) POSITION! (6) Same on count^-BEGIN!
1-2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3-4-5-6, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms sideward raise and feet—CLOSE; Trunk to
the right (L)—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2) (Al-
ternate, 8 times.)
6. Arms sideward and heels—RAISE! (1) Knees—
BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) POSITION! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24
counts.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (10 counts for left, 10 for right.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 15
1. Hands on neck—PLACE ! POSITION! Class for-
ward—MARCH! Class—HALT! (Quick change.)
2. Hands on hips and left (R) foot backward—PLACE!
Head backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (4 times for
left, 4 for right.)
3. Arms upward bend and right (L) foot forward—
PLACE! (1) Heels—RAISE! (2) DOWN! (3) POSI-
TION! (4) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4,
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms forward bend and right (L) foot sideward—
PLACE! (1) Arms sideward—FLING! (2) Arms—
BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same, alternately, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
215
5. Arms sideward raise and left foot backward—
PLACE! (1) Trunk forward—BEND! (2) RAISE! (3)
POSITION! (4) (4 times for left, 4 for right.)
6. Arms sideward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk to the right (L)—TURN! (2) Forward
TURN! (3) POSITION! (4) (Alternately, 8 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot forward,
and right (L) foot backward—PLACE! (1) Together—
PLACE! (2) Feet sideward—PLACE! (3) Together—
PLACE! (4) Same, alternately, jumping on toes, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise. Arms forward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
B. FOLK DANCES
The Ostend, page 176; Ace of Diamonds, page 145;
Sailor's Hornpipe, page 161.
IRISH LILT
*
bffa
P
fi:
:*=^=^=£zi^zp=£=
:c=±|^»^=ja^
m-,—- ' .
—1~-b
 ' tin
f
F=rf=£
n—m
±=t=tr
^ #-
4»-
:t=t=
A;| P
—'—3—i—;'
—■ •—
•
t Ml
-*— -y-J
——
t- * 1 ^
: 9 J
A # -p -*- -»- m •-
:q==£z=}:=ta=£=F£=
m
«»»
«—•-
t=f
-•- m
:t=rc-t:
t=
:t±=l=
»» f*—» » »«
piiHE
_q_p q.
:E=Hr:
p-=«===n
#_
IPS
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923. 217
Pupils standing in regular class formation.
Exercise 1. (1) Hop left and raise right leg forward (2) hop left
and swing leg sideward (3) spring to right foot and raise left leg
backward (4). Hop right and hold left leg in same position—(5 to
12) repeat the proceding right and then left—(13) spring into stride
position sidewise (14) spring with feet together—(15). Hop left,
and swing right forward—(16) hop left and bend right knee at right
angles, knee raised high.
Movement 13 to 16 make what is called "Break and this is the
finish for each exercise of the lilt.
Exercise 2. (1) Hop left and tap right toe forward—(2) hop
left and strike right heel in place of toe—(3). Hop left and tap right
toe behind left heel—(4) hop left and raise right leg forward—(5 to
12) repeat right and then left—(13 to 16) "break.
Exercise 3. (1) Hop left and raise right leg sideward—(2) hop
left and swing right leg forward—(3). Hop left and quickly flex
and extend right knee—(4) repeat (3) — (5 to 12). Repeat right and
then left—(13 to 16) "break.
Exercise 4. (1) Hop left and tap right toe sideward, toing in—
(2) hop left and strike right heel in place of toe—(3) hop left and
tap right toe behind left heel—(4) hop left and raise right leg side-
ward—(5 to 12). Repeat right and then left—(13 to 16) "break.
Exercise 5. (1) Hop left and tap right toe forward—(2) hop
left and raise right leg forward—C3). Spring on right, crossing it
over in front of left and raise left leg backward—(4). Hop right
and raise left leg forward—(5 to 12) repeat right and then left—
(13 to 16) "break.
Exercise 6. (1) Hop left and strike right heel forward—(2)
change to same pose with left heel forward—(13 to 14) change right
and left alternately as in the preceding—(15 to 16)—Stamp left,
right, and left in the time of two counts.
218
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
THE CRESTED HEN
Formation: Circles of three, hands joined, number dancers 1-2-3.
Step: Step-hop raising foot ^quickly from floor each time.
Measures 1-8: Dance eight steps starting with left foot and
moving in circle to left.
Measure 1: Stamp with left foot.
Measures 2-8: Dance seven steps, starting with right foot and
moving in circle to right. Finish in one line, 1 and 3 dropping
hands, 2 standing in centre holding hands of 1 and 3.
Measures 9-12: Number 1 dances four steps crossing in front of
number 2, passing under arms of 2 and 3 and on to her own place.
Number 2 dances four steps turning in place in same direction as
number 1.
Measures 13-16: Number 3 dances four steps crossing in front
of number 2, passing under the arms of 1 and 2 and on to her own
place. Number 2 dances four steps turning four steps turning in
place in same direction as number 3.
Measures 8-12: Number 1 repeat.
Number 13-15: Number 3 repeat.
Repeat from beginning.
C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY
RACES
P, Playground; R, Room.
1. Crows and Cranes.
2. Dodge Ball, page 163.
3. Poison, page 179.
4. Prisoners' Base, page 180.
5. Pull off the Ground.
6. Swat to the Right.
7. Pin Football, page 180.
8. Potato or Block Relay, page 195.
9. Forward Sprint Relay, page 181.
10. Wheelbarrow Relay, page 195.
11. Volley Ball.
CROWS AND CRANES (P.)
Two lines of players, back to back and about one yard
apart. The instructor designates one line as crows and the
other line as cranes. If he should call out "Cranes, the
cranes will rush forward about 30 feet across a safety
line, and the line designated as crows will turn around
and attempt to tag the opposing players before they have
covered the distance to safety line. Those who are tagged
must go over to the other side. Team having largest
number of players at expiration of a given time wins.
Note: The instructor can make the game more inter-
esting by drawing out the "R in either crows or cranes.
PULL OFF THE GROUND (R.)
Two lines: Players sit on ground, facing each other,
toes against toes, knees bent and hands gripped between
knees. At signal "Go each tries to pull the other off the
ground.
SWAT TO THE RIGHT (P.)
Formation—Circle, hands behind back, facing in, eyes
closed.
220
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
One player carrying swatter (belt, towel, etc.) runs
around outside of circle and places swatter in some one s
hand. The one receiving it immediately hits the player
on his right. The player who is being hit, runs around the
circle until he is back to his starting position. The player
with the swatter follows runner and swats him until he
is back in position. The player with the swatter runs and
places it in the hand of some other player.
VOLLEY BALL (P.)
Mark out a court about 25 by 50 feet. Stretch a tennis
or volley ball net across the court at its middle, the top of
the net seven feet high in the center. Players in two
equal groups placed on opposite sides of the net. The
light volley ball is used, and the object is to bat it over the
net with open hands. One or both hands may be used.
One player starts the game by "serving. To do this he
stands with one foot on the rear line of the court, tosses
the ball up, and then bats it upward and toward the net.
The other players watch the ball, and if one of them can
help the ball over by batting it he may do so, but no player
can bat it twice in succession. If the ball goes over the
net without touching it must be batted back by the oppon-
ents. The ball is in play as long as it is batted back and
forth across the net; as soon as one side fails to return it,
whether by letting it fall to the ground, batting it in the
net or batting it outside the court, it is out of play and
must be started again by serving. The side failing to re-
turn the ball at any time when it is in play is said to "lose
a point. If the side that served loses a point, they lose
the right to serve, the ball going to the opponents. If the
other side loses (serving side winning) it counts one
score for the serving side. Only the serving side can make
scores; the other side tries to win the point and thus earn
the right to serve. 21 points make a game.
Senior High School
SECOND YEAR
A. CALISTHENICS
Do not spend more than two weeks on each lesson.
First six weeks review Lessons 1, 2 and 4 of first year
Junior High.
LESSON 1
1. Class—ATTENTION! Hands on hips—PLACE! On
neck—PLACE! Left—FACE! Hands on hips—PLACE!
About—FACE! etc.
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right knee upward—
BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Left knee upward—BEND! (3)
DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc.
(24 counts.) f
4. Arms sideward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same,
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
5. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
6. Hands on neck'and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
to right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alternate, * 8
times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 2
1. Marching.
2. Hands on hips—PLACE! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward
BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Left (R) knee upward—
* Wherever used, "alternately refers to alternation of exercise
from right to left.
t Since there are four counts to the unit this means six units.
222
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
BEND! (3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN, 1-2-3-4
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Left arm upward and right
arm sideward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Right arm
upward and left arm sideward—STRETCH! (3) BEND!
(4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24
counts.)
5. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk forward—BEND! Trunk to the right (L)—TURN!
(1) Forward—TURN! (2) (4 times to right, 4 to left.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Running in place, knees
up high in front, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slowly
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 3
1. Marching.
2. Arms sideward—RAISE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms sideward—RAISE! Right (L) knee upward
—BEND! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms forward—BEND! Sideward—FLING! (1)
BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) leg forward
(high)—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (4 times for right,
4 for left.)
6. Arms and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk to the
right—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2) To the left—
TURN! (3) Forward—TURN! (4) (6 times.)
7. Arms sideward—RAISE! Heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—
DOWN! (4) Same, on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 4
1. Right—FACE! Left—FACE! Hands on hips—
PLACE! On neck—PLACE ! etc.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
223
2. Hands on neck—PLACE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2).
3. Arms sideward—RAISE! Left (R) leg backward
—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Right (L) leg backward—
RAISE! (3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Upward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Sideward—STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms sideward—RAISE! Trunk to the right—
TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2) To the left—TURN!
(3) Forward—TURN! (4) (6 times.)
7. Arms sideward—RAISE! (With heels spread)
Heels—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise. Arms forward upward raise and
slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly ex-
hale. (8 times.)
LESSON 5
Repeat Lessons 1 and 2.
LESSON 6
1. Marching: Class forward—MARCH! By the right
flank—MARCH! Column right—MARCH! By the left
flank—MARCH! Class—HALT! etc.
2. Arms sideward and chest—RAISE! (1) Arms and
chest—DOWN! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms sideward—RAISE! (1) Left (R) leg back-
ward—RAISE! (2) DOWN! (3) Arms—DOWN! (4)
Same alternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc.
(16 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms upward—STRETCH! (1) BEND! (2) Sideward
—STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on hips—PLACE! On the right (L) knee—
KNEEL! Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2)
(6 times for right, 6 for left.)
6. Arms and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk to the
right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times to right,
6 to left.)
224
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
7. Hands on hips—PLACE ! Right (L) knee upward—
BEND! (1) Forward—STRETCH! (2) BEND! (3)
POSITION! (4) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 7
1. Marching: Class forward—MARCH! Fours right
—MARCH! By the right flank—MARCH! Class—HALT!
etc.
2. Hands on neck—PLACE! Head backward—BEND!
(1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms upward—BEND! Right (L) leg backward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms and feet sideward—PLACE! Arms upward
—RAISE! (1) Arms—DOWN! (2) Same on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
5. Hands on neck—PLACE! On the right (L) knee
—KNEEL! Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2)
(6 times for right, 6 for left.)
6. Arms and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk forward
—BEND! Trunk to the right (L)—TURN! (1) Forward
TURN! (2) (6 times to right, 6 to left.)
7. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward—PLACE!
Heels—RAISE! (1) Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—
STRETCH! (3) Heels—DOWN! (4) Same on counts-
BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slowly
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 8
Repeat Lessons 3 and 4.
LESSON 9
1. Hands on neck—PLACE ! On hips—PLACE ! PO-
SITION! Right—FACE! Left—FACE! etc.
2. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Chest
—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Left leg sideward—RAISE!
(3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-
3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms forward raise and right (L) foot sideward
PLACE! (1) Arms upward—RAISE! (2) Arms (to hor-
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
225
izontal)— DOWN! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count
—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms upward—BEND! On the right (L) knee—
KNEEL! Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2)
(6 times for right, 6 for left.)
6. Arms forward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms sideward fling and trunk to the right (L)—TURN!
(1) Arms bend and trunk forward—TURN! (2) (Alter-
nate, 8 times.)
7. Arms sideward and heels—RAISE! (1) Knees—
BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) POSITION! (4)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 10
1. Class forward—MARCH! To the rear—MARCH!
By the right flank—MARCH! Class—HALT! etc.
2. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Chest
—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms sideward—RAISE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Right (L) leg sideward—
RAISE! (3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms sideward raise and right (L) foot sideward—
PLACE! (1) Arms upward—RAISE! (2) Arms (to hor-
iontal)—DOWN! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count—
BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms downward stretch and trunk forward—BEND! (1)
Arms bend and trunk—RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
6. Arms forward raise and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk to right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times
to right, 6 to left.)
7. Arms upward bend and heels—RAISE! (1) Knees
—BEND! (2) Arms sideward—STRETCH! (3) Arms
—BEND! (4) Knees—STRETCH! (5) POSITION! (6)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3-4-5-6, etc. (24
counts.)
8. Breathing exercises: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 11
1. Marching.
2. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward—PLACE!
Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times.)
8—PE
226
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Right (L) leg sideward
—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same, alternately, on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward—BEND! Upward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Forward—STRETCH! (3) BEND! (4)
Sideward—STRETCH! (5) BEND! (6) Same on count
—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3-4-5-6, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms forward upward—RAISE! Trunk forward—
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
6. Arms sideward and right (L) foot forward—
PLACE! Trunk to right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2)
(Alternate, 6 times.)
7. Arms forward bend and heels—RAISE! (1) Knees
—BEND! (2) Arms sideward—FLING! (3) Arms—
BEND! (4) Knees—STRETCH! (5) POSITION! (6)
Same on count—BEGIN 1-2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3-4-5-6, etc. (24
counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slowly
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 12
Repeat Lessons 7 and 9.
LESSON 13
1. Right—FACE! About—FACE! Forward—MARCH!
Fours right—MARCH! etc.
2. Chest—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on hips and right (L) knee upward—BEND!
Left (R) heel—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (6 counts for right, 6 for
left.)
4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE! (1)
Arms upward—STRETCH! (2) Arms—BEND! (3) PO-
SITION! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (16 counts.)
5. Arms sideward and right (L) leg slowly forward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times for right, 6 for left.)
6. Arms sideward raise and right (L) foot forward—
PLACE! Trunk to the right (L)—TURN! (1) Forward
—TURN! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.)
7. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Heels
—RAISE! (1) Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH!
(3) Heels—DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-
3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
Limes.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
227
LESSON 14
1. Marching. Hands on neck—PLACE! Head back-
ward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
8. Hands on hips—PLACE! Right (L) knee upward
BEND! Left (R) heel—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts for right, 10
for left.)
4. Arms upward bend and right (L) leg diagonally for-
ward—LUNGE! (1) Arms sideward—STRETCH! (2>
Arms—BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same, alternately^
on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms forward and left (R) leg slowly forward—
RAISE! (1) Slowly—DOWN! (2) (6 times for left, 6
for right.)
6. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward—PLACE!
Trunk to the right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Al-
ternate, 6 times.)
7. Arms forward upward and heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) POSITION 1
(4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24
counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 15
1. Class forward—MARCH! By the right flank—
MARCH! Column left counter—MARCH! Class—HALT!
Class mark time—MARCH! Forward—MARCH! etc.
2. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
slightly backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Knees
—BEND! (1) STRETCH! (2) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Left (R) arm forward and right (L) arm sideward
—RAISE! (1) Arms—DOWN! (2) Same, alternately,
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Arms downward stretch and trunk forward—BEND! (1)
Arms bend and trunk—RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
6. Hands on hips—PLACE! Trunk to the right—
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) To the left—BEND! (3)
RAISE! (4) (8 times.)
7. Hands on neck—PLACE! Feet sideward—PLACE!
(1) Feet together—PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on toes,
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc.
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slowly
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
B. FOLK DANCES
M
00
May Pole Dance, page 204; Sailor's Hornpipe, page 161; Tantoli, page 174.
ROUND AND ROUND THE VILLAGE
English.
1. Round and round the vil - lage, Round and round the vil - iage, Round and round the vil - lage, As you have done be - fore.
The children join hands and stand in a ring.
One child walks or skips around outside the ring,
while all sing:
Round and round the village,
Round and round the village,
Round and round the village,
As you have done before.
The children then raise their joined hands as
high as possible, and the child goes in and out
under the arches, while all sing;
In and out the windows,
In and out the windows,
In and out the windows,
As you have done before.
The child then stops inside the ring and faces
another child, while all sing:
Stand and face your lover,
Stand and face your lover,
Stand and face your lover,
As you have done before.
She then runs in and out the ring or wherever
she chooses to go, pursued by the child she has
chosen, while all sing:
Follow her to London, etc.
They continue singing this verse over and
over until the child is caught. When she is
caught, they come back into the ring and bow
three times to each other, while all sing:
Bow before you leave her, etc.
The game is repeated with the chosen child as
leader.
>
c!
>
O
THERE WAS A JOLLY MILLER
1. There was
2. Oh, San
jol - ly mil - ler and he lived
dy . . he ... be - longs
by him - self, As the wheel went, round
to the mill, And the mill be - longs
he made his wealth; One
to San - dy still; Oh,
$ |=l 2 f-
|El 5 £=]
m i ' i =
ri ■
m -
11 if*
V 2 j
^ w1—0 -0 -
—0 0 0 •—, JU
-J J
►"0
W
kJ
ux
I—I
a
>
t-1
K
«
d
o
i»
H
h-1
o
2
hand in the hop - per and
San - dy . . he. .. be
t'he
oth - er
longs
the bag, As the wheel went round be made his
the mill, And the mill be - longs to [ omit.
grab.
] San - dy.
Couples side by side, all with left hands toward the center of the circle, walk or skip around. One
child stands in the center until the Word "grab is sung; then those nearest the center move quickly
backward and those on the outside move forward, thus changing partners. The center child tries
to get a partner during the change.
When older couples play, the center player is a man and those nearest the center are men,
while those outside are girls, so that in the change a man is always left without a partner.
This game is played in the same way in gngland and America, but there is a great variety of words.
to
to
«D
C. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY
RACES
P, Playground; R, Room.
1. By the Numbers Change.
2. Collar and Elbow.
3. Crossing No Man's Land.
4. Dodge Ball, page 163.
5. Hand Wrestle.
6. Milling the Man.
7. Potato or Block Relay, page 195.
8. Broad Jump Relay.
9. Forward Sprint Relay, page 181.
10. Hold Hop Relay, page 194.
BY THE NUMBERS CHANGE (P. R.)
The pupils form a circle and are numbered consecutively.
One person is "IT and stands in the center. Another on
the outside of the circle says "By the numbers, change, one
and six. The person in the center tries to get into one of
the places left vacant when they are changing places. If'
he succeeds in getting one of these places the one left out
becomes "IT.
COLLAR AND ELBOW (P. R.)
Formation—Two lines facing each other, players about
four feet apart. Each player places the right hand about
opponent's neck, and takes hold of his elbow with his left
hand. At signal "GO attempt to overthrow opponent so
that he is compelled to touch some part of his body other
than his feet (knee, hand, neck, etc.) to the ground, trip-
ping, etc., may be used. In case both fall, the one on top
wins. Players should be paired, according to size.
CROSSING NO MAN'S LAND (P.)
Formation—In single file. A parallel line is drawn about
5 feet in front and the player being "IT stands between
this line and the players. At a signal, players change to
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
231
opposite line. "IT tries to catch as many runners as pos-
sible. Players so caught must help "IT to catch the other.
After each change, those uncaught assemble themselves and
try to change back to previous base. Players change and
rechange until all have been caught.
HAND WRESTLE (R.)
Formation—Two lines, facing each other. The players
stand with the right feet advanced clasping right hands.
The object is to make one's opponent move a foot from its
position on the ground. This constitutes a throw, and a
point. Line scoring most points, wins.
MILLING THE MAN (P. R.)
Form a small circle with one person in the center \yho is
"IT. With arms at sides "IT stiffens his body and acts
like a dead man falling over. Those in the circle prevent
his falling to the ground by pushing him back and forth.
If he falls, the person responsible becomes "IT.
BROAD JUMP RELAY (P.)
With hands on hips jump forward with both feet until a
given point is reached. Return on the sprint.
Senior High School
THIRD YEAR
A. CALISTHENICS
Do not spend more than two weeks on each lesson.
First six weeks review Lessons 1, 2 and 4 of first year
Junior High.
LESSON 1
1. Mark time—MARCH! Class—HALT! About—
FACE! Forward—MARCH! Class—HALT! etc.
2. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot for-
ward—PLACE! Trunk slightly backward—BEND! (1)
RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward—PLACE!
Knees—BEND! (1) Knees—STRETCH! (2) Same on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)f
4. Left (R) arm forward and right (L) arm sideward
—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot side-
ward—PLACE! Trunk forward—BEND! (1) RAISE!
(2) (6 times to left, 6 to right.)
6. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Trunk
to the right (L)—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2) (6
times to right, 6 to left.)
7. Hands on hips and heels—RAISE! Feet sideward—
PLACE! (1) Together—PLACE! (2) Same, jumping on
toes, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 2
1. Class forward—MARCH! On toes—MARCH!
Double time—MARCH! Common time—MARCH! Class
—HALT, etc.
f Since there are two counts to each unit, this means eight units.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
233
2. Arms sideward upward raise and left (R) foot for-
ward—PLACE! Trunk, slightly backward—BEND! (1)
RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Right leg sideward—RAISE!
(3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4,
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms forward raise and left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! Arms upward—RAISE! (1) To horizontal—
DOWN! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24
counts.)
5. Arms upward bend and on the right (L) knee—
KNEEL! Arms upward stretch and trunk backward—
BEND! (1) Arms bend and trunk—RAISE! (2) (6 times
to right, 6 to left.)
6. Arms forward upward—RAISE! Trunk to the right
(L)—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times to right, 6 to
left.)
7. Hands on hips and knees—BEND! Jump forward
on toes on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slow-
ly inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 3
1. Arms sideward raise and knees—BEND! (1) PO-
SITION! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32
counts.)
2. Hands on neck and right (L) foot, diagonally for-
ward—PLACE! Trunk slightly, backward—BEND! (1)
RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms sideward raise and right knee upward—
BEND! (1) POSITION! (2) Arms sideward raise and
left knee upward—BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same
on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms sideward—RAISE! Arms forward—FLING!
(1) Arms sideward—FLING! (2) Same on count—BE-
GIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
5. Hands on hips and left (R) foot backward—PLACE!
Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times for
left, 6 for right.)
* Wherever found, "alternately refers to alternation of exercise
from right to left.
234
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
6. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward—PLACE!
Trunk to the left (R)—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN!
(2) (Alternately, * 8 times.)
7. Hands on hips and heels—RAISE! Jump forward
on toes, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (6
times.)
LESSON 4
1. Arms forward upward fling and left foot forward—
PLACE! (1) POSITION! (2) Arms forward upward
fling and right foot forward—PLACE! (3) POSITION!
(4) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32
counts.)
2. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Head
backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times.)
3. Arms sideward upward raise and left (R) foot side-
ward—PLACE! Knees—BEND! (1) STRETCH! (2)
Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE!
Trunk forward—BEND! Arms upward—STRETCH! (1)
BEND! (2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16
counts.)
5. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot for-
ward—PLACE! Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE!
(2) (8 times.)
6. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward
raise and trunk to the right (L)—BEND! (1) Leg down
and trunk—RAISE! (2) (6 times to right, 6 to left.)
7. Arms sideward raise and knees—BEND! Jump on
toes, sideward to the left (R)—BEGIN!
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 5
Repeat Lessons 1 and 3.
LESSON 6
1. Right—FACE! Mark time—MARCH! Class—
HALT! Forward—MARCH! etc.
2. Arms upward bend and left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! Trunk to the right (L)—TURN! Trunk slightly
backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2). (6 times to right, 6
to left.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
235
3. Hands on neck and right knee upward—BEND! (1)
POSITION! (2) Hands on neck and left knee upward—
BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms forward bend and left (R) leg forward—
LUNGE! (1) Arms sideward—FLING! (2) Arms—
BEND! (3) POSITION! (4) Same, alternately, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms forward upward raise and left (R) foot for-
ward—PLACE! Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE!
(2) (4 times for left, 4 for right.)
6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) leg forward—
LUNGE! Trunk to the right (L)—TURN! (1) Forward
—TURN! (2) (Alternate, 8 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Running in place, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 7
1. "Change step, page 28.
2. Arms upward—BEND! Left arm upward and left
foot forward—PLACE! (1) Arm bend and foot—RE-
PLACE! (2) Right arm upward and right foot forward
—PLACE! (3) Arm bend foot—REPLACE! (4) Same,
alternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24
counts.)
3. Hands on neck and left (R) foot forward—PLACE!
Knees—BEND! (1) STRETCH! (2) Same, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and left (R) leg forward—
LUNGE! (1) Left arm sideward—STRETCH! (2) BEND!
(3) Right arm sideward—STRETCH! (4) BEND! (5)
POSITION! (6) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3-4-5-6, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE! (1)
Arms downward stretch and trunk forward—BEND! (2)
Arms bend and trunk—RAISE! (3) POSITION! (4) (8
times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and feet—CLOSE! Trunk to
the right—BEND! (1) RAISE ! (2) To the left—BEND!
(3) RAISE! (4) (Alternately, 8 times.)
236
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
7. Jump with a 180 degree right (L) TURN!
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise and slowly
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 8
Repeat Lessons 3 and 4.
LESSON 9
1. Hands on neck—PLACE! Hands on hips—PLACE!
POSITION! Arms sideward—RAISE! DOWN! etc.
2. Arms forward bend and left (R) foot backward—
PLACE! Head backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (4
times for left, 4 for right.)
3. Arms forward upward—RAISE! Left leg backward
—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Right leg backward—
RAISE! (3) DOWN! (4) Same on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms sideward raise and left (R) leg sideward—
LUNGE! Double arm circumduction backward, on count
■—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
5. Hands on neck and left (R) foot backward—PLACE!
On the left (R) knee—KNEEL! Trunk backward—
BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.)
6. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot backward—
PLACE! Trunk to the right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE!
(2) (Alternately, 8 times.)
7. Hands on hips and right (L) knee upward—BEND!
Hop on left (R) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16
counts for right, 16 for left.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 10
1. "Follow step, page 29.
2. Hands on hips and feet sideward—PLACE! Chest
—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) (6 times.)
3. Hands on neck and feet sideward—PLACE! Heels
—RAISE! (1) Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH!
(3) Heels—DOWN! (4) Same, on count—BEGIN!
1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
4. Arms forward raise and right (L) leg forward—
LUNGE! (1) Arms sideward—FLING! (2) Arms for-
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
237
ward—FLING! (3) POSITION! (4) Same, on count—
BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (32 counts.)
5. Hands on hips and on the right (L) knee—KNEEL!
Trunk to the right—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2)
To the left—TURN! (3) Forward—TURN! (4) (6
times.)
6. Arms sideward raise and right (L) leg sideward—
LUNGE! Trunk to the right (L)—BEND! (1) RAISE!
(2) (6 times for right, 6 for left.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Running in place, keep-
ingknees stiff, on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms sideward raise, slowly
inhale. Arms downward and slowly exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 11
1. Class forward—MARCH! Fours right—MARCH!
By the right flank—MARCH! etc.
2. Arms sideward upward raise and left (R) foot side-
ward—PLACE! Trunk to the right (L)—TURN! (1)
Trunk slightly backward—BEND! (2) RAISE! (3)
Forward—TURN! (4) (Alternate, 6 times.)
3. Hands on neck and left (R) foot backward—
PLACE Knees—BEND! (1) STRETCH! (2) Same, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (16 counts.)
4. Arms upward bend and feet sideward—PLACE! (1)
Left (R) arm upward and right (L) arm sideward—
STRETCH! (2) Arms—BEND! (3) POSITION! (4)
5. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left leg slowly forward
—RAISE! (1) Slowly—DOWN! (2) Right leg slowly
—RAISE! (3) Slowly—DOWN! (4) (6 times.)
6. Hands on neck and left (R) leg forward—LUNGE!
Trunk to the right—TURN! (1) Forward—TURN! (2)
To the left—TURN! (3) Forward—TURN! (4) '(6
times.)
7. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left (R) leg sideward—
RAISE! Hop on right (L) foot, on count—BEGIN! 1-2,
1-2, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 12
Repeat Lessons 7 and 9.
238
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
LESSON 13
1. "Backward Cut, page 29.
2. Hands on neck—PLACE! Chest—RAISE! (1)
DOWN! (2) (8 times.)
3. Hands on neck and left (R) leg sideward—RAISE!
Right (L) heel—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same on count
—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (10 counts for left, 10 for right.)
4. Arms sideward raise and left (R) foot sideward—
PLACE! (1) Arms upward—FLING! (2) Sideward—
FLING! (3) Foot replace and arms—DOWN! (4) Same,
.alternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4, etc. (24
counts.)
5. Arms sideward upward raise and left (R) foot back-
ward—PLACE! Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE!
(2) (6 times for left, 6 for right.)
6. Hands on neck and left (R) leg forward—LUNGE!
Trunk to the right—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) (Alter-
nately, 8 times.)
7. Arms forward upward raise and heels—RAISE! (1)
Knees—BEND! (2) Knees—STRETCH! (3) Heels—
DOWN! (4) .Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4, 1-2-3-4,
etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
LESSON 14
1. "Two step, page 28.
2. Arms upward—BEND! (1) Left (R) foot back-
ward—PLACE ! (2) Head backward—BEND ! (3) RAISE!
(4) Foot—REPLACE! (5) POSITION! (6) (8 times.)
3. Hands on hips and left (R) leg forward—LUNGE!
Right (L) leg backward—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Same
on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (8 counts for left, 8 for
right.)
4. Arms forward raise and left (R) foot forward—
PLACE! (1) Arms upward—FLING! (2) Forward—
PLING! (3) Sideward—FLING! (4) Upward—FLING!
(5) POSITION! (6) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4-
5-6, 1-2-3-4-5-6, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on neck—PLACE! Right leg slowly forward
—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Left leg slowly forward—-
RAISE! (3) DOWN! (4) (6 times.)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
239*
6. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left leg slowly sideward
—RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Right leg, slowly, sideward
—RAISE! (3) DOWN! (4) (6 times.)
7. Hands on hips and right (L) knee upward—BEND I
(1) Leg forward—STRETCH! (2) BEND! (3) POSI-
TION! (4) Same, alternately, on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4,
1-2-3-4, etc. (24 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: Arms forward upward raise
and slowly inhale. Arms sideward downward and slowly
exhale. (8 times.)
LESSON 15
1. Class forward—MARCH! By the right flank—
MARCH! To the rear—MARCH! etc.
2. Arms sideward upward raise and feet sideward—
PLACE! Trunk slightly backward—BEND! (1) RAISE!
(2) (8 times.)
3. Arms forward—RAISE! (Left (R) leg backward
and right (L) heel—RAISE! (1) Leg and heel—DOWN!
(2) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (8 counts for
left, 8 for right.)
4. Arms sideward raise and feet sideward—PLACE F.
(1) Arms upward—FLING! (2) Forward—FLING! (3)
Sideward—FLING! (4) Upward—FLING! (5) POSI-
TION! (6) Same on count—BEGIN! 1-2-3-4-5-6, 1-2-3-4-
5-6, etc. (24 counts.)
5. Hands on neck and on the right (L) knee—KNEEL!
Trunk backward—BEND! (1) RAISE! (2) Forward—
BEND! (3) RAISE! (4) (6 times.)
6. Hands on neck—PLACE! Left leg sideward—
RAISE! (1) DOWN! (2) Right leg sideward—RAISE!
(3) DOWN! (4) (8 times.)
7. Hands on hips—PLACE! Left (R) foot forward
and right (L) foot backward—PLACE! (1) Together—
PLACE! (2) Same, alternately, jumping on toes, on
count—BEGIN! 1-2, 1-2, etc. (32 counts.)
8. Breathing exercise: West Point breathing. (8
times.)
B. FOLK DANCES
Ace of Diamonds, page 145; Irish Lilt, page 215.
REAP THE FLAX
&
2.C.
REAP THE FLAX
Formation: Five in each line. All face front, hands on hips.
Figure 1
A. Measure 1. All bend forward down to left.
Measure 2. Reap the flax by rising.
Measure 3. Throw it to the right side.
Measure 4. Back in starting position, hands on hips.
Measures 5-8. Repeat.
B. Measures 9-16. All turn left. The leaders's hands on hips, the
others put their hands on shoulders of those standing before,
and turning to right run in circles back to starting places.
Figure 2
A. Measure 1. All bend forward down to right and rise.
Measure 2. Put the flax around the hackle.
Measure 3. Draw it from the hackle.
Measure 4. Back in starting position.
Measures 5-8. Repeat.
B. Measures 9-16. Same as Figure 1, B.
Figure 3
A. Measures 1-4. Numbers one and four take a short step, turning
to numbers two and three, and taking right hands, thumb
grasp, for a spinning wheel. The leaders (numbers five) face
the wheel, and with left feet tread the wheel. The wheel with
running steps moves to left.
Figure 5
The lines march up to left side of their leaders
large ring, moving to left.
Same, moving to right.
B. Measures 9-16. The leader of the first line puts hands on hips.
All the others put their hands on shoulders of those standing
before, forming one line.
Music is repeated until all are back to their places.
Measures 1-4
and form i
Measures 5-8,
Measures 9-16
OLD DAN TUCKER
i Old Dan Tuck-er was a fine old man,
rode him down to the bot-tom of the hill;
used to ride old Dar - by's ram; He)
has-n't come back he's down there still. )
Out the way for
Old Dan Tuck-er, He's to late to get his sup-per; Sup-per's o - ver and breakfast's cooking, Old Dan Tuck-er stands a - look - ing.
"Old Dan Tucker is a country dance, not a game; but it is often played by a large group of men
and women. It apparently originated in America.
Any number of couples join hands in a single ring around Dan Tucker, who stands in the cen-
ter. One of the players acts as prompter and calls the figures.
Call: All balance to Tucker.
All join hands and walk forward two steps and back two steps (bars 1 and 2).
Call: Allemande left.
Each gentleman turns to the lady on his left with the right hand and his own partner with the
left (bars 3 and 4 and repeat 1 to 4).
Call: Grand right and left (in which Dan Tucker joins).
Right hand to partner, left to the next, etc. (bars 5 to 12).
Call: All promenade.
Each crosses hands in skating position with the partner he has when the call is given and walks
round to the right (bars 1 to 4 and repeat). The one who is left without a partner becomes Dan'
Tucker and goes into the center.
Call: All forward and back.
All join hands in a ring, walk forward four steps and back four steps (bars 5 to 8).
Call: Circle to the left.
All gallop to the left (bars 9 to 12).
W
w
o
►
f
M
O
e|
o
>
HH
O
2
C.. ACTIVE GAMES AND RELAY
RACES
P, Playground; R, Room.
1. Call Ball, page 119.
2. Curtain Ball, page 193.
3. Pin Football, page 180.
4. Potato or Block Relay, page 193.
5. Forward Sprint Relay, page 181.
6. Broad Jump Relay, page 230.
7. Shuttle Relay.
8. Skin the Snake Relay.
9. Wheelbarrow Relay, page 195.
SHUTTLE RELAY (P.)
In the shuttle races, the contestants in each team "or file
are divided into two equal squads with a given distance
between each team. For convenience, the team on one side
is called A and the other B. At the command to start, the
player at the head of each file in squad A runs and tags the
first player in squad B and then goes to rear of B. As soon
as the first one in squad B is tagged, he runs and tags- the
next man in the A squad and goes to the rear. The players
continue successively until all have run. The file which
changes from one side of the course to the other first is de-
clared the winner. Or they may continue running until
both squads get back to the original position which will
take twice as long to run.
SKIN THE SNAKE RELAY (P.)
Players bend forward and reach right hand between legs
and backward, grasping left hand of the player who stands
directly behind. At signal "GO the entire column walks
backward. The last player merely lays down on his back
on the ground. With feet apart, the column marches back-
ward, each player in succession laying down on his back.
When the leading player in the column has lain down, he
immediately arises to the standing position and runs for-
ward, pulling the others up after him. The column com-
ing to the erect position and reaching goal first wins.
Part II
HEALTH ACTIVITIES
Teachers who are intelligently interested in the health
of children in their care, constitute a new force in health
conservation. The teaching of health habits based upon a
knowledge of hygiene will aid in eliminating many forms
of preventable illness and enable physicians and nurses to
devote a larger portion of their time to problems of health
and the increase of physical efficiency or race vitality.
The need for the rapid spread of information is vital
to the welfare of the people and demands the attention of
the public school. Let every teacher prepare to meet it
squarely.
The following State and Federal health agencies will
gladly furnish free educational material which bears the
stamp of scientific approval and which it is hoped, will re-
place in the popular mind, the misleading pronouncements
of "hearsay and the unreliable personal opinions of lay-
men.
State Board of Health, Montgomery, Ala.
United States Public Health Service, Washington, D. C.
United States Children's Bureau, Washington, D. C.
Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
State Department of Education, Montgomery, Ala.
Provision in school for health supervision and the care
of the general health of the pupils is not new. Parents will
undoubtedly co-operate with the school authorities more
and more closely as they realize its vast importance. They
will feel protected when they understand that their chil-
dren will be protected from sitting near or in the same
room with children who have signs of contagious disease.
They will be equally well pleased when their attention is
called courteously and quietly to such physical defects in
their children as may be found which they may not have
realized were present.
The health work as planned, should, therefore, not only
benefit all the children, but should give the whole commun-
ity a certain peace of mind, which did not before exist. The
244
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
work should be under the direct attention of school nurses
and doctors as soon as such a method is possible. Mean-
while the work should be getting under way, even though it
is necessary in most cases to have the regular classroom
teachers carry on the work. If there is a Health Officer in
the county, he can be of much assistance, and the school
authorities should co-operate with him in regard to this
work.
It is with these ideas in mind that we suggest the plan
of dividing the school health activities into three distinct
branches, namesly—
1. Daily health inspection.
2. Yearly physical examination.
3. Hygiene (Personal and Sanitary).
DAILY HEALTH INSPECTION
The first few minutes in each school day should be given
to a health inspection of all pupils. It will be necessary for
the teachers to have in mind the "indication of health dis-
orders given on page 246. As soon as a suspected case is
found, that pupil should be immediately sent home, or ad-
vised not to return the following day, if the best judgment
of the teacher indicates this to be practicable. A blank
shall be made out in triplicate, one sent with the child, tell-
ing the parents just what was found and advising that a
physician be consulted. Another copy should be sent to the
county health officer and the third copy should be kept
in the files of the school. The pupil should not be admitted
to school again until these signs have disappeared, or until
a physician advises his return. Do not let the matter drop
here. The "follow-up is of equal importance. The teach-
er should get in touch with the parents and if a physician
has not been consulted, urge that this be done. The teacher
should also get in touch with the county health officer,
whose* business it is to look after contagious disease.
The child should be instructed to return the card to the
school with the physician's signature, as soon as the "signs
have disappeared. In this way it will be easier for the
school authorities to keep in touch with the case and to see
whether or not the child is being taken care of.
In order to carry out this program in the most efficient
manner it is necessary to have the full co-operation of par-
ents, teachers and health workers in the community. Chil-
dren should not knowingly be exposed to any contagious
disease.
Parents who believe that it is necessary for their children
to have a contagious disease, such as measles, chicken pox,
whooping cough, etc., are entirely wrong. These diseases
simply lower the resistance of the child and make him much
more liable to contract other diseases. In all health work
the "prevention side should be emphasized more than the
"cure".
Parents and children should know these "FIRST SIGNS
OF HEALTH DISORDERS and thus aid the schools in
the control and elimination of contagious diseases.
246
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
"SIGNS OF HEALTH DISORDERS
If the child shows any of the first seven signs, he should
be sent home, whenever, in the best judgment of the teacher,
this is practicable. It may also be advisable to send him
home for some of the other signs,
g f 1. Nausea or vomiting.
j 2. Chill, convulsions (fits.)
^ | 3. Eruption (rash) of any kind.
§ <{ 4. Running nose, without proper use of handkerchief.
5. Red or running eyes.
6. Sore or inflamed throat.
7. Acutely swollen glands.
8. Dizziness, faintness or unusual pallor (alarming
paleness of the face.)
9. Cough.
10. Fever.
11. Failure to eat the usual breakfast.
12. Any distinct or disturbing change from usual ap-
pearance of child.
13. Head lice-—heads should be examined.
TABLE OF CONTAGIOUS DISEASES WITH ACKNOWL-
EDGMENT TO "HOME AND COMMUNITY
HYGIENE (BROADHURST)
Measles
Principal Early Signs and Symptoms: Begins like a cold
in the head, with feverisbness, running nose, inflamed and
watery eyes, and sneezing; small crescentic groups of mul-
berry tinted spots appear about the third day; rash first
seen on forehead and face. The rash varies with heat,
may almost disappear if the air is cold and comes out again
with warmth.
Method of Infection: Forced exhalation and discharges
from the nose and mouth.
Remarks: After effects often severe. Period of great-
est risk of infection three or four days, before the rash ap-
pears and during entire period of eruption. Great varia-
tion in type of disease.
Scarlet Fever
Principal Early Signs and Symptoms: The onset is us-
ually sudden, with headache, fever, sore throat and often
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
247
vomiting. Usually within 24 hours the rash appears as
fine, evenly diffused and bright red dots under the skin.
The rash is first seen on the neck and upper part of the
chest, and lasts three to ten days, when it fades and the
skin peels in scales, flakes or even larger pieces.
Method of Infection: Discharges from the nose and
mouth, suppurating glands or ears of a patient. Milk
may convey the infection.
Remarks: Dangerous both during attack and from af-
ter effects. Great variation in type of disease. Slight
attacks are as infectious as severe ones. Many mild cases
not diagnosed and may be concealed. A second attack is
rare.
Small Pox
Principal Signs and Symptoms: Onset usually sudden
with fever and severe backache. About third day upon
subsidence of constitutional symptoms red spots like pirn-
pie, felt below the skin, and seen first about the face and
wrists, most on exposed surfaces, develop. They form lit-
tie blisters and after two days more become filled with
yellowish matter. Scabs form which begin to fall off the
,14th day.
Method of Infection: All discharges of a patient and
particles of skin or scabs.
Remarks: Peculiarly infectious. Cases of modified
small pox in vaccinated persons may be and often are so
slight as to escape detection. Mild or modified small pox
is as infectious as the severe type.
Chicken Pox
Principal Signs and Symptoms: Rarely begins with
fever. Rash appears on second day as small pimples which
in about a day become filled with a clear fluid. This fluid
becomes yellow colored, a crust forms and the scab falls
off in about 14 days. Successive crops of papules appear
until the 10th day.
Method of Infection: Contact with discharges from nose
and throat.
Remarks: A mild disease and seldom any after-effects.
Diphtheria
Principal Signs and Symptoms: Onset may be sudden
or gradual. The back of the throat, palate or tonsils may
248
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
show patches. The most pronounced symptom is sore
throat. There may be hardly any symptoms at all.
Method of Infection: Contract with discharges from
nose and throat. Occasionally by drinking infected milk.
Remarks: Very dangerous both during attack and from
after-effects. There is a great variation in type and mild
cases are often not recognized but are as infectious as se-
vere ones. There is frequently no immunity from further
attacks.
Mumps
Principal Signs and Symptoms: Onset may be sudden,
beginning with sickness and fever and pain about the angle
of the jaw. The parotid glands become swollen and tender.
Opening the mouth is accompanied by pain.
Method of Infection: Contact with discharges from nose
and throat of patient.
Remarks: Seldom leaves after-effects. Very infectious.
Inflammation of genital organs may occur.
Whooping Cough
Principal signs and Symptoms: Begins with a cough
which is worse at night. Symptoms may at first be very
mild. Characteristic whooping cough develops in about
two weeks and the spasm of coughing sometimes ends with
vomiting.
Method of Infection: Discharges from nose and mouth
of the patient.
Remarks: After-effects often very severe and disease
causes great debility. Relapses are apt-to occur. Second
attack rare. Specially infectious first week or two. Great
variation in type of disease. Often fatal in young children.
Hookworm Disease
Signs and Symptoms: Child puny and undergrown,
face pale, yellow or often ashen in color. Eyes are white
with dilated pupils. In severe cases eyes are dull, having
a staring look, arms and legs thin and small. Feeling of
weakness and tiredness, and shortness of breath. Buzzing
in the head, in ears, and pain or discomfort in the right
side of stomach.
Methods of Infection: Infection usually starts from di-
rect contact with polluted soil, and can be prevented by
wearing shoes when ground is wet.
The child may have "Hookworm Disease and not show
any of above signs. Laboratory test is necessary •
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
249
GENERAL SIGNS OF HEALTH DISORDERS AND
PHYSICAL DEFECTS IN SCHOOL CHILDREN
(DR. T. D. WOOD)
The following signs of disorder have been arranged in
three groups for the use of teachers in detecting possible
health and physical defects in children under their care.
Group I contains signs of disorder which calls for im-
mediate attention.
Group II names abnormalities which point to more
chronic disorders which should be remedied early.
Group III contains indications of disturbances which are
important in connection with other signs of physical dis-
order.
GROUP I.
Signs.
Sore throat. ]
Earache [ Disorders
Ear discharge f and ear.
Running nose J
Sore eyes of any kind
Styes
Congested eyes (red
bloodshot)
Dizziness
of nose, throat
or^ Eye disorders and defects.
Flushed face
Chill
Headache
Eruptions
Nausea
Vomiting
Running nose
Congested eyes
Cough
Fits
Fainting
Enlarged glands in neck ]
Puffiness of face and eyes [
Shortness of breath f
Unusual pain anywhere. J
• Contagious diseases.
1
| Nervous disorders.
Nutritional and
turbances.
general dis-
250
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
GROUP II.
Signs.
Mouth breathing
Loud breathing
Nasal voice
Catarrh
Frequent colds
Offensive breath
Chronic cough
Deafness
Twitching of lips
Headache
Headache
Crossed eyes
Squinting
Holding book too near facej
Disorders of nose, throat, ear,
and organs of respiration.
f Eye disorders and defects.
Decayed teeth
Discoloration of teeth
Crooked teeth
Offensive breath
i
I
f Teeth defects.
j
Inability to hold objects'
well
Spasmodic movements
Twitching of eye, face or
any part of body
Nail biting
Perverted tastes
Sex disturbances
Nervous disorders.
Pain in feet )
Toeing markedly out |
Flatfoot gait [
Swelling, puffiness of feet (
Excessive perspiration of |
feet J
Defects of feet.
Unequal height of should-
ers
Flat chest
Round back and shoulders
Stooping
j- Incorrect posture.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
251
Signs.
Prominent upper teeth ]
Blank expression j
Slow mentality [
Poor physical deevlopment
Inattention
Slow progress
when]
Disorders of nose, throat and
ear.
Peculiar posture
reading r Eye disorders and defects.
Poor reading or spelling J
Prominent teeth
Poor articulation
Broken teeth
Malnutrition
Irritability
Bad temper
Undue emotion of any sort
Frequent requests to go out
Timidity
Stammering
Cruelty
Moroseness
Solitary habits
Undue embarrassment
Undue activity
Misbehavior
Deficient weight
Pallor
Lassitude
Perverted tastes (food)
Slow mentality
Peculiar or faulty postures^
Underdevelopment |
Excessive fat j
Low endurance j
Disinclination to play j
Fatigue J
i
I
i Teeth defects.
J
f Nervous disorders.
Nutritional and
turbances.
general dis-
252
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
Pigeon-toed gate
Shuffling, inelastic walk
Exaggerated knee action in
walking
Shifting from foot to foot
Standing on outer edge of
feet
Standing on inner side of
feet, heels turned out
Locking knees
Leaning against wall or
desk
Shoes run over at either
side
Wearing out of soles asym-'
metrically
Twitching of foot muscles
Defects of feet and legs
defective movements.
and
INSTRUCTION TO PARENTS
1. Regarding the care of mouth and teeth.
"A clean tooth never decays. The physical examination
of school children shows that in many cases the teeth are in
a decayed and unhealthy condition.
Decayed teeth cause an unclean mouth. Toothache and
other diseases may result.
Neglect of the first teeth is a frequent cause of decay in
the second teeth.
If a child has decayed teeth it cannot properly chew its
food. Improperly chewed food and an unclean mouth cause
indigestion and poor health.
If a child is not in good health, it cannot keep up with
its studies in school; it is more likely to contract a contag-
ious disease, and it has not the chance to develop into a
healthy adult.
The teeth should be brushed after each meal, using a
tooth brush and tooth powder. The following tooth powder
is recommended:
2 oz. powdered precipitated chalk.
1 dram powdered orris root.
1/2 oz. powdered castile soap.
This prescription can be filled by the druggist.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
253
2. To free the hair from head-lice. (Pediculosis.)
Olive Oil (or sweet oil) and kerosene equal parts, V2
pint each.
Mix the sweet oil and kerosene, and at night rub the mix-
ture well into the scalp, then cover the hair with a piece of
muslin and fasten about the head. Do not bring the head in
contact with a lighted gas jet or flames of any kind.
In the morning wash the scalp well with soap and hot
water and vinegar, then use a fine comb wet in warm vine-
gar to remove "nits.
Repeat two or three nights in succession.
PHYSICAL RECORD STATE OF ALABAMA—DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
Name 1st Address 2nd Address
School Date of Birth Sex Color.
Food sufficient Nourishing Tea Coffee Milk
Sleep Reereation .. Clothing—adequate Condition of
Date of
Examinations:
1st
1
2d 13d
4th
5th '
6th
7th
8th
9th
1
10th 111th
12th
Age
1
I
Grade
1 ..
Conduct j
1
Heie-ht 1
Weight
Nutrition
Anemia
Chest Expansion
Posture
Feet—Flat -
Vaccinated
Vision
Rt Lt
Rt Lt....
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Rt Lt _
Vision (glasses)
Disease of eye
Rt Lt
Rt Lt....
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Hearing
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Rt Lt....
Rt Lt....
Rt Lt...
Rt Lt....
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Rt Lt
Discharging Ear
Defective Speech
Enlarged Tonsils
Teeth Need Cleaning
Sores or Skin Erup.
Lab. Tests:
Check (V) to show presence of defect when not necessary to give details. A circle placed around check mark indicates defect has been corrected.
PHYSICAL EXAMINATION
Physical examination cards should be sent to all schools
on which can be recorded the results of the physical exami-
nation which each child should have at least once each year
for the purpose of detecting physical defects. This same
card should be carried on up through the grades and into
the high school. If the pupil changes school his record
card should accompany him.
In counties where there are health officers and nurses the
teacher should call on them for assistance in conducting the
examination.
After the examination the pupil should be advised in re-
gard to his physical condition. If there are any definite de-
fects his parents should be advised to consult a physician.
Many corrections can be made and much trouble in later life
avoided if this matter is attended to immediately. As a
rule, the earlier the detection, the better are the chances
for a permanent correction.
"Notice of Physical Defect blanks should be in the pos-
session of each school. When any physical defects are de-
tected this blank should be filled out and sent to the child's
parents and a duplicate sent to the county health officer.
The work, however,, should not stop here—the great value
of the physical examination is only realized after the child's
defects have received attention. The teacher should if pos-
sible, visit the parents and urge them to consult a dentist
or physician. If there is a health officer in the county, the
teacher should keep in touch with him regarding pupils
with physical defects.
If the child has consulted a physician or dentist the card
should be returned to the teacher with the doctor's signa-
ture. This will make it possible for the teacher to keep in
touch with the case. It will be necessary for the teacher to
instruct the child in regard to the return of the card. If
the pupil understands that it is the desire of the principal
to have the card signed and returned, it will help in having
defects attended to.
256
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
DIRECTIONS FOR PHYSICAL EXAMINATION OF
SCHOOL CHILDREN
(See Sample Card, page 254.)
In giving the examination take each child separately for
the whole examination before starting on next.
History:
An accurately taken history may be of great value in
finding the cause of some defects, so take the history care-
fully.
Grade, Conduct:
Give average grade and conduct; since the physical condi-
tion often has direct bearing on mental vitality, these
grades may give interesting information for study and may
aid in diagnoses.
Height:
Measure off a space on the wall from the floor up to
about six (6) feet four (4) inches. Place pupil with his
back to the wall against this scale, being sure that he is
standing as erect as possible, then place a rule or stiff card
on head parallel to the floor. Notice where the rule or
card touches the wall. This will make a quick and accu-
rate method for obtaining height.
Weight:
Every school should possess a scale. If there is none,
urge the patrons to furnish one. If the school does not
possess a scale they may be able to borrow one for a few
days. Weigh the children without outer wraps. Compare
each child's weight with the standard for his height and
age, and try to establish in the mind of each child and his
parents, that there is a standard to which he should
come.
Malnutrition and Nutrition:
Any child who falls 10% below the standard weight for
his age may belong to the great group of 6,000,000 chil-
dren in the United States suffering from malnutrition.
Other signs of this difficulty are, highly nervous tempera-
ment, lack of sufficient sleep and rest, unstable temper,
constipation, general lack of muscular tone, winged shoul-
der blades and large abdomen. When possible the life
habits of the child should be studied with his parents.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
257
Anemia:
No accurate determination of anemia may be made with-
put a laboratory blood test and count, but the teacher may
note continued unusual pallor and extreme pallor of inner
eyelids and palate.
Chest Expansion:
Use a tape measure, put tape about the chest, have the
child take a full breath then blow out all the air in his
lungs, pulling up the tape. Note number on tape. Then
have child take another full breath and note difference of
two measurements which will indicate his chest expansion.
Posture:
Indicate the posture as good, fair, or poor. Notice
whether his shoulders are round, head forward, chest flat,
abdomen prominent, etc.
Feet (Flat):
Have pupil hop on one foot, up on toes as high as pos-
sible. If he cannot hold his weight, in this manner, he
should be examined further by a physician.
Vaccination:
Ask them whether or not they have ever been vaccinated.
If they have not, advise them to consult a physician and
be vaccinated.
Hearing:
Let the teacher, at a distance of twenty (20) feet, whis-
per numbers or letters or some command, such as "hold up
left hand, and have child repeat all of the command. Have
the child with his back to the teacher. Test one ear at a
time, placing hand tightly over ear not being tested.
Eyes. Use Snellen Test Chart: (A chart is furnished with
each manual.)
Do not try to test the children by this method, who are
not familiar with their letters. If the child wears glasses,
test him first without his glasses then with them. Place
the individual 20 feet away from the chart. Cover one eye
with a piece of card board placed close to the nose but do
not press against the eye ball. If the child's eyes are nor-
mal they should be able to read the letters which are un-
der the number 20. These numbers placed opposite the
9—PE
258
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
letters indicate the distance in feet at which the normal
eye should be able to read said line. If the child is able to
read these letters at a distance of 20 feet—(in this case)
write 20-20 for the vision. If at 20 feet the child can read
only letters opposite 30 or 40, write 20-30 or 20-40. In
other words, the numerator indicates the distance in feet
at which the letters are read, and the denominator indi-
cates the number placed opposite the line of letters on the
chart. A mistake of one or two letters may be allowed.
Parents should be notified, if vision is less than 20-40.
Mouth Breathing:
Notice children who sit with mouth open chronically.
Press finger against side of nose and have child breathe
through other side to see if the passage is clear.
Teeth:
Notice number which have been filled, number which
are decayed and need attention; and whether or not they
need to be cleaned. Also notice foul breath or swelling
about the jaws.
Tonsils:
Ask the child if he has had tonsils removed. Examine
the throat and tonsils by having child open mouth as wide
as possible and saying, Ah. Keep fingers out of his mouth.
Sores or Skin Eruptions:
Notice any running sores or skin eruptions.
Head Lice:
Examine head and if lice are present, send child home
and recommend treatment, as given on page 253.
Other Defects:
Notice such defects as enlarged cervical lymph glands,
deformities, etc.
Laboratory Tests:
Such as for Hookworm, Diphtheria, cultures for carriers,
microscopic blood examinations, etc.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
259
TROUBLES RESULTING FROM PHYSICAL DEFECTS
(Dr. T. D. Wood.)
I. Defective eyes with imperfect vision.
(a) Headache, commonly through forehead or back of
head or both.
(b) Blurring of sight, but in farsightedness with eye
strain, vision may be exceptionally good, especially for dis-
stant objects.
(c) Nausea and dizziness, sometimes disturbance of
digestion, with resulting malnutrition.
(d) Nervous exhaustion.
(e) Nervous irritation and lack of nervous control,
shown in muscular twitching of face, arms and legs.
(f) Mental inability to grasp an idea presented through
the eyes.
(g) Retardation in school.
(h) In rare cases, convulsions.
II. Defective Ears.
(a) Catarrah of middle ear; danger of mastoid disease.
(b) Deficient hearing—pupil often dull, careless, list-
less, inattentive, and mentally backward.
(c) Retardation in school.
(d) Pupils are often considered mentally defective
when the only primary defect is imperfect hearing.
III. Adenoids.
(a) Structural effects:
1 High-arched palate.
2. Narrowing of upper jaw.
3. Deformity of chest, resulting from obstructed
and imperfect breathing, shown by lateral de-
pression of front of chest and prominent ster-
num.
4. Disturbed development of teeth and vocal
organs.
5. Large tonsils in one-third of cases.
(b) Functional disturbances:
1. Mental: In function of brain.
2. Deafness.
3. Defects in sense of smell and taste.
4. Defects in voice (nasal voice.)
5. Catarrh.
6. Mouth breathing.
260
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
(c) General effects:
1. Malnutrition and anemia.
2. Underdevelopment, physical and mental.
3. Increased susceptibility to disease infections,
such as tuberculosis, scarlet fever, etc.
(d) Appearance of child:
1. Open mouth.
2. Dull, sleepy look.
3. Upper lip short and thick, upper jaw narrow,
4. Nasal orifices small and pinched.
5. Backward in school.
IV. Enlarged and diseased tonsils—Produce susceptibility
to—
(a) Tonsilitis.
(b) Quinsy.
(c) Diphtheria.
(d) Rheumatism.
(e) Tuberculosis.
(f) Pneumonia, and other forms of infection.
V. Defective teeth.
(a) Direct effects:
1. Pain resulting in loss of time and rest.
2. Foul breath.
3. Improper mastication of food.
4. Extension of decay to sound teeth.
5. Decay of temporary teeth resulting in unsound
permanent teeth.
6. Infection of glands.
7. Infection of jaw bone.
8. Ear ache and deafness.
9. Headache.
10. Disturbance in function of eye.
11. Digestive disturbance.
(b) Indirect effects:
1. Condition of poor nutrition and less resistance
to disease.
2. Formation by decaying teeth of an almost per-
feet culture bed for growth of bacteria.
3. General infections dangerous to life in some
cases.
4. Results which accompany defective hearing.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
261
5. Lowering of vitality resulting in temporary or
permanent ill health.
VI. Conditions of skin:
Persistant eruptions should be noted and treated.
VII. Condition of heart:
Always an important index to the health condition.
VIII. The lungs:
Important as a frequent location of tuberculosis. Lungs
of pupils who are under weight, aenemic, lacking in vital-
ity, should be carefully examined.
IX. Poor Posture:
Deviations of spine, roundness of shoulders and stooping.
10—PE
HYGIENE
A very complete course in hygiene for the grades is now
in process of development and will be published later un-
*der separate cover.
The study of hygiene, both personal and environmental,
is of the greatest importance and no physical educational
program is complete without it. This manual should not,
therefore, be considered as a complete program.
The "Modern Health Crusaders plan is heartily en-
dorsed. All schools should feel that it is decidedly worth
while.
MODERN HEALTH CRUSADE
In 1917 a circular known as, "Record of Health Chores",
made its first appearance. These chores were hygienic
habits through the practice of which children would become
"Modern Health Crusaders. Since then more than 5,000,-
000 American children have become pages, squires, and
knights in health chivalry, and the Modern Health Crusade
has been adopted by thousands of schools as a system of
instruction.
It is the desire of the National Anti-Tuberculosis Asso-
ciation, the founders of the movement, to contribute the
Crusade to the elementary and secondary schools of the
country. It presents the Crusade as a practical system of
teaching health truths, a system that imparts health habits
and creates active interest in public as well as personal
health. The Crusade presents to teachers an opportunity
both for community betterment and school advancement.
"The primary aim of elementary education is the forma-
tion of habits of good physical and mental conduct. The
Crusade applies to the pupil the pedagogical principle of
learning by doing. Habits are formed while reasons are
being learned. As in Alice in Wonderland, "the best way
to explain it is to do it.
Good reasons for acquiring hygienic habits are set forth
attractively in the modern type of school textbook. No
set of facts to be learned in school has greater value, but
usually the pupil fails to translate this knowledge into his
own conduct except under outside influences. "Education
among us consists too much in telling and not enough in
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
263
training. The Modern Health Crusade brings into the
schools a distinct influence serving to reinforce established
courses in hygiene, physiology, physical training and sani-
tation. It does not conflict with such courses but adds vi-
tality.
Who the Crusaders Are
Modern Health Crusaders are children between 6 and 16
years of age who qualify by doing the official health chores
and by agreeing to the pledge printed on the Certificate of
Enrollment. The pledge is, that the boy or girl named
"has agreed to try (1) to keep the Crusaders' health rules
until the end of the year, (2) to do nothing that may hurt
the health of any other person, and (3) to help keep house
and town clean. Persons older than 16 who meet the re-
quirements laid down may become Crusaders in senior mem-
bership. Teachers and other leaders in Crusade work, and
adults elected by teachers and Crusaders for financial or
other service are Honorary Crusaders.
Title in Health Chivalry
Seventy-two health chores done in one week make a
perfect score. To become a Crusader the candidate must
make a score at least 75 per cent perfect in each of two
weeks. This requires the performance of 54 chores. On
becoming a Crusader the pupil is enrolled with the rank of
Page. Higher titles and badges of rank are won by doing
75 per cent or more of the chores for each week through
the following number of weeks:
For Squire, 3 weeks after becoming Page, a total of 5
weeks.
For Knight, 5 weeks after becoming Squire, a total of
10 weeks.
For Knight Banneret, 5 weeks after becoming Knight,
total 15 weeks.
Twenty and Thirty-Week Courses
In schools that conduct the Crusade course for a total
of thirty weeks or more in one school year, pupils continu-
ing to do 75 per cent of the chores after the fifteen weeks
required for rank of knight banneret earn titles of ad-
vanced order.
264
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
Qodern'health♦ C[rusade $
Boll of
ftealth
)^nighthood
Date contejt be,
ROLL OF HEALTH KNIGHTHOOD.
A classroom chart, the "Roll of Health Knighthood, serves to
inform the individual as to class credits earned in contests.
Finances
The expense of Crusade work is very low. The cost per
child for a twenty-week course will be five cents, or less.
These cost figures cover all supplies and insignia for child,
teacher and classroom.
A comparison of the cost of Crusade material with the
cost of textbooks justifies schools in purchasing Crusade
material along with their other supplies. (The Crusade
material is not intended to take the place of any practical
text-book on hygiene. It supplements and enhances the
value of all such books.)
The number of schools meeting the expense of Crusade
courses has multiplied rapidly. The National and State
Tuberculosis Associations and the Junior Red Cross, the
organizations that met the expense almost entirely in the
early development of the Crusade, cannot, from limited
funds contributed for various lines of philanthropy, per-
manently meet the expense of a movement best conducted
by the schools.
If the schools of a community cannot purchase crusade
material, the state or local tuberculosis associations may
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
265
be requested to provide them. Expenses are often met by
various local organizations, such as chambers of commerce,
patriotic organizations, and clubs. A Junior Red Cross
group earned more than twice the cost of Crusade work in
its community by charging 15 cents admission to its pre-
sentation of the Crusade playlet, "King Good Health Wins.
Prices of Supplies—Quantities Needed
To aid teachers in ordering supplies the amount and vari-
ous types of materials necessary to conduct a crusade are
listed here. The prices too, are given though these prices
are subject to change without notice. All goods will be
sold as low as possible, however. Prices cover transporta-
tion within the state. Prices are pro-rated in quantities
less than hundreds.
Articles and Quantity Needed for a Twenty-week Course.
Furnished by the Alabama Tuberculosis Association, Bir-
mingham, Ala.:
Teacher's Manual, each $ .05
Standard chore record, 2 for each pupil, per hundred 25
Primary chore record, 2 for each pupil, per hundred 25
Roll of Health Knighthood Chart, 1 for each class (or
for 40 pupils), each 03
Stars (Dennison's Gummed—Blue, yellow, red and
purple) Helpful but not essential) per hundred .10
Knight Banneret Pins, each, from 02 to .04
Helpful material which may be secured from other or-
ganizations:
Classroom Weight Record Chart, from the Department
of Interior, Bureau of Education, Washington, D. C.
Standing Posture Chart (19x27), American Posture
League, Madison Ave., New York City, each, 17c.
Modern Health Crusade Panels, National Child Welfare
Association, New York (per set, 12 panels), $9.00.
Distributors of Supplies
The general distributor of Modern Health Crusade sup-
plies of every form is the Alabama Tuberculosis Associa-
tion, Birmingham, Alabama. Orders should be placed with
the State Association or the association affiliated with it
for the county or city in which your school is located. Sam-
pie copes of printed matter are sent free to applicants with-
in the state. The Teacher's Manual which contains com-
266
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
plete instructions and helpful suggestions gives valuable in-
formation to any teacher who is interested in putting the
modern health crusade work into her school. In it she will
find valuable suggestions about organizing a crusade and
for conducting this campaign with a minimum of time and
effort. Suggestions are also given for preparing pro-
grams; for using pins, badges and other incentives; for
securing free material and for the successful use of ma-
terials and plans listed.
Monthly Bulletin
Developments in the Modern Health Crusade are de-
scribed each month in a special section of the Bulletin of
the National Tuberculosis Association, Fourth Ave., New
York City. Photographs, reports of experiences, and sug-
gestions for instruction, entertainments and community
service make the Bulletin a valuable help in Crusade work.
It is sent free to teachers who apply for it individually.
The "Blazer, the monthly publication of the Alabama
Tuberculosis Association will devote a page to the Modern
Health Crusade, giving monthly programs and suggestions
for Crusade Leaders. (Price, 50c per year.)
Amount of Time Required
However crowded the school day may be with studies of
another nature, the teacher may give her pupils the benefit
of the necessary part of the Crusade program with one
explanatory talk and occasional sentence direction and re-
distribution of folders. The examination of folders and
distribution of insignia may be completed in a few minutes
at the noon hour or after school five times in twenty weeks.
The necessary "bookkeeping is negligible, and can be cqr-
ried out with the regular attendance roll book.
The response of the children will make the teacher con-
sider it to her interest as well as theirs to utilize more time
in school for Crusade work than this minimum. Partici-
pation in a tournament will require practically no more
time than the enrollment of Crusaders. Daily prompting
on the chores will be helpful. Hygiene inspection and other
auxiliary features of the fundamental program and the
advanced program will appear desirable. When teachers
do not have adequate time, school or visiting nurses or vol-
unteers from women's clubs or Parent-Teacher Associa-
tions often help in Crusade activities.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The following books will be of great assistance to the
teachers in carrying out the program of physical education
and are recommended by the State Department of Educa-
tion.
1. Bancroft, Jessie H.—"Games for the Playground,
Home, School and Gymnasium. Published by the Macmil-
lan Co., New York City.
2. Brancfort and Pulvermacher—"Handbook of Ath-
letic Games. Published by Macmillan Co., New York
City.
3. Brown & Boyd—"Old English and American Games.
Published by Saul Bros., Chicago, 111.
4. Burchenal, Elizabeth—"Folk Dances and Singing
Games. Published by G. G. Schimer, New York City.
5. Crampton, C. Ward—"The Folk Dance Book, Pub-
lished by A. S. Barnes Co., New York City.
6. Fischer and Fisk—"How to Live. Published by
Funk & Wagnalls Co., New York City.
7. Gulick, Luther H.—"Philosophy of Play. Published
by Scribner, New York City.
8. Hinman, Mary Wood—"Gymnastic and Folk Dane-
ing Books. Published by A. S. Barnes Co.
9. Moses, Irene—"Rhythmic Action Plays and Dances.
Published by Milton Bradley Co., Springfield, Mass.
10. Newton, Marion B.—"Graded Games and Rhythmic
Exercises. Published by A. S. Barnes Co.
11. Posse, Baron—"Handbook of School Gymnastics.
Published by Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co., Boston, Mass.
12. Roper—"Educational Hygiene. Scribner, New
York City.
INDEX
The following abbreviations have been used in this index: (A.G.),
active games; (C), contests; (F.D.), folk dances; (S), stunts; (S.G.),
singing games; (S.P.), story plays.
Abdominal exercises, 30, 31.
Ace of diamonds (F.D.), 145.
Active Games:
Playground
Drop the Handkerchief, 91;
Good Morning, 91; Jumping
the Brook, 92; Toad, 92; Ani-
mal, 103; Brownies and Fair-
ies, 103; Squirrel in Nest, 104;
Serpentine Maze, The, 104;
Call Ball, 119; Cat and Rat,
119; Circle Bowl, 119; Corner
Spry, 119; Crows and Cranes,
120, 219; Ditch Pull, 120; Fish-
erman, 120; Mail Man, 120;
Catch Ball, 134; Cross Tag,
134; Crossing the Brook, 149;
Three Deep, 150; Black Tom,
163; Dodge Ball, 163, 193; Fox
and Geese, 163; Hill Dill, 164;
Third Man, 164; Potato or
Block Relay, 164; Chariot
Race, 178; Every Man in His
Own Den, 179; Hook Arm Tag,
179; Prisoner's Base, 180; Pin
Football, 180; Circle Tag, 193;
Curtain Ball, 193; Shoe Circle
Relay, 194; Potato Relay, 195;
Jumping Circle, 206; Swat to
the Right, 219; Volley Ball,
220; Crossing No Man's Land,
230; Broad Jump Relay, 231;
Shutttle Relay, 242; Skin the
Snake Relay, 242.
Room
Hide the Thimble, 91; I Say
Stoop, 92; Jack Be Nimble, 92;
Squirrel or Nut, 92; Changing
Seats, 103; Flag Race, 104;
Fox and Squirrel, 104; Pussy
in the Corner, 104; Automobile
Relay, 118; Bean Bag Plays,
119'; Tag the Wall Relay, 121;
Have You Seen My Sheep, 134;
Hopping Race, 134; All Up Re-
lay, 135; Circle Seat Relay,
135; Automobile, 148; Bean
Bag Drill, 148; Last Man, 150;
Blackboard Relay, 150, 181;
Guessing Verb, 163; Balance
Tag, 178; Center Base, 178;
Ball Passing Relay, 181; Pass;
Round, 206; Pull Off the
Ground, 219; Hand Wrestle.
231.
Room or Playground
Cat and mice, 91; Bean Bag
Box, 119; Arch Ball, 133; Bean
Bag Tag, 133; Black and
White, 133; Jack Follow the
Leader, 135; Squat Tag,, 135;
Birds Fly, 148; Circle Toss,
149; Do This, Do That, 149;
Have You Seen My Sheep,
149; Forward Sprint Relay,
150, 181; Over and Under Re-
lay, 150; Ball Passing Relay,
164; Forward Bend Relay, 164,
181; Poison, 179; Fill the Gap,
194; Hindu Tag, 194; Hold
Hop Relay, 194; Wheelbarrow
Relay, 195; Bull in the Ring,
206; Tug of War, 207; By the
Numbers Change, 230; Collar
and Elbow, 230; Milling the
Man, 231.
Activities, health, 243 (See
Health Activities)
Adenoids, 259
Adjustment of seats and desks, 15
Age and grade, grouping by, 46
Allotment, time, 7.
All Up Relay (A.G.), 135
Anemia, 257
Animal (A.G.), 103
Ankle Throw (S), 79
Apparatus, home made play, 30
(See Home Made Play Appar-
atus)
270
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
Arch Ball (A.G.), 133
Arch Flexions, given slowly, 20;
23; 30
Arm movements, 25
Arm or shoulder-blade exercises,
20; 30; 31
Arms length tag (C), 76
Athletics, 44; interclass, 45; in-
terschool, 74
ATTENTION—Class, 16
Automobile (S.P.)> 84; (A.G.),
148
Automobile Relay (A.G.), 118
Backward Cut, 29
Balance exercises, 20; 24; 30; 31
Balance Tag (A.G.), 178
Balancing, 49
Ball field, 43; baseball, 43; foot-
ball, 43; Rugby, 43; soccer, 43
Ball Passing Relay (A.G.), 164;
181
Ball serving, volley, 51
Baseball distance throw, 46-51;
58; 60; 68
Baseball field, 43
Baseball running catch, 48-51
Basketball distance throw, 48;
50; 51; 60
Bean Bag Box (A.G.), 118
Bean Bag Drill (A.G.), 148
Bean Bag Plays (A.G.), 119
Bean Bag Tag (A.G.), 133
Birds Learning to Fly (S.P.), 84
Birds Fly (A.G.), 148
Biting nails, 250
Black and White (A. G.), 133
Blackboard Relay (A.G.), 150;
181
Black Tom (A.G.), 163
Blindfold Boxing Match (C), 76
Books, how to carry, 13
Bottle Balancing (S), 79
Boys, scale of points, 52-63
Breathing exercises, should be
given slowly, 21; 27; 30; 31
Breathing, mouth, 250; loud, 250
Breath, offensive, 250
Broad Jump Relay (A.G.), 231
Brownies and Fairies (A.G.), 103
Build a Fire in Stove (S.P.), 99
Building Bonfire (S.P.), 99
Bull in the Ring (A.G.), 206
By the Numbers Change (A.G.)>
230
Calisthenics, directions for giv-
ing, 17
Calisthenic lessons, composition
of, 29; introductory exercises,
30; arch flexions, 30; balance
movement, 31; arm or shoulder
blade exercises, 31; abdominal
exercises, 31; lateral trunk ex-
ercises, 31; leg movements, 31;
breathing exercises, 31; exam-
pie of, 31
Call Ball (A.G.), 119
Cane Walk (S), 79 #
Card, annual physical examina-
tion, 254
Care of teeth and mouth, 252
Carpenter, The (S.P.), 84
Cat and Mice (A.G.), 91
Cat and Rat (A.G.), 119
Catch Ball (A.G.), 134
Catch, baseball running, 48-51
Catch Penny (S), 80
Center Base (A.G.), 178
Change step, 28
Changing Seats (A.G.)> 103
Chariot Race (A.G.), 178
Chest, flat, 250; expansion, 257
Chest to Mouth (S), 79
Chicken Pox, 247
Children's Polka (F.D.), 160
Chill, 246; 249
Chimes of Dunkirk (F.D.), 192
Chinese Get-Up (C), 76
Chinning, 47; 48; 50
Chores, health, 263
Circle Bowl (A.G.)> 119
Circle Seat Relay (A.G.), 135
Circle Tag (A.G.), 193
Circle Toss (A.G.), 149
Class-ATTENTION!, 16
Closing step, 29
Coin and Card Snap (S), 80
Cclds, frequent, 250
Collar and Elbow (A.G.), 230
Coming Through the Rye (F.D.),
175
Commands, preparatory, 21; ex-
ecutive, 21; pause between, 21;
for exercises, 22; standing po-
sitions, 22; arch flexions, 23;
balance exercises, 24; arm
movements, 25; trunk exercises,
26; leg exercises, 26; breathing
exercises, 27; marching, 27;
example of, 30
Concentric circles, 37
Conduct, 256
Contagious diseases, table of,
246; 249
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
271
Contests: Arms Length Tag, 76;
Blindfold Boxing Match, 76;
Chinese Get-Up, 76; Dog Fight,
76; Dual Contests, 76; Eskimo
Race, 77; Eskimo Jumping
Race, 77; Finger Feat, 77;
Hand Push, 77; Hand Wrestle,
77; Indian Wrestle, 77; knock-
ing Off Hats, 77; Pulling
Sticks, 77; Push Pole, 78;
Rooster Fight, 78; Siamese
Twins, 78; Skin the Snake, 78;
Standing Toe Wrestle, 78;
Stooping Push, 79; Tunnel
Race, 79; Twisting Sticks, 79.
(See Stunts.)
Convulsions, 246
Corner Spry (A.G.), 119
Cough, 246; 250
Count, exercises given by, 19
Crested Hen, The (F.D.), 218
Crossed eyes, 250
Crossing No Man's Land (A.G.),
230
Crossing the Brook (A.G.), 149
Cross Tag (A.G.), 134
Crows and Cranes (A.G.), 120;
219
Cruelty, 251
Curtain Ball (A.G.), 193
Daily Health inspection, 245
Dances (See Singing Games and
Folk Dances)
Dancing steps, 28; change step
or two step, 28; follow step, 29;
rocking step, 29; heel and toe
polka, 29; backward cut, 29;
draw step, 29; closing step, 29;
gallop step, 29; skipping, 29;
glide closing step, 29
Dashes, 46; 51; 64
Deafness, 250
Defects, of teeth, 250, 251; of
feet, 250: 252; of legs, 252;
notice of physical, 255; troubles
resulting from physical, 256.
Desks and seats, adjustment of,
15
Development of leaders, 11
-Did You Ever See A Lassie
(S.G.), 88
Diphtheria, 247
Directions, for giving physical
examinations, 256; for giving
calisthenics, 17
Diseases, table of contagious,
246; 249
Disorders, signs of health, 246; of
nose, 249-251; 259; of throat,
249-251, 260; of ear, 249-251;
259; of eye, 249-251, 259; of
nerves, 249-251
Distance throw, baseball, 46-51,
58, 60, 68; basketball, 48, 50,
51, 60
Ditch Pull (A.G.), 120
Dizziness, 246; 249
Dodge Ball (A.G.), 163; 193
Dog Fight (C), 76
Dot and Carry Two (S), 80
Do This, Do That, (A.G.), 149
Draw step, 29
Drop the Handkerchief (A.G.), 91
Dual Contests (C), 76
Ear, 249-251; 259
Earache, 249
Elementary schools, scale of
points; dashes, 52, 64; standing
broad jump, 54, 66; running
broad jump, 54; running high
jump, 56, 66; baseball distance
throw, 58, 68; flag race, 70
Elementary schools, time allot-
ment, 7
Embarrassment, undue, 251
Endurance, low, 251
Eruptions, 246, 249; examine for,
258
Eskimo Jumping Race (C), 77
Eskimo Race on All Fours, (C),
77 .
Every Man In His Own Den
(A.G.), 179
Examination card, annual phys-
ical, 254
Examination, physical, 255; direc-
tions for physical, 256
Examine for sores, 258; for skin
eruptions, 258
Executive commands, 21
Exercises: formal, 12; numbers
placed before, 19; given by
count, 19; should be demon-
strated, 20; should be given to
right and left, 20; introducto-
ry, 20, 30; arch flexions,
given slowly, 20, 23, 30; bal-
ance, 20, 24, 30; arm or should'
er blade, 20, 31; trunk, given
slowly, 21, 26, 31; leg, 21, 26,
31; breathing, given slowly,
21; lunging, face side of room,
21; foot placing, face side of
room, 21; trunk, desks may be
272
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
used, 21; marching, 21; com-
mands, 21; correct positions
for, 22; breathing, 27, 30, 31;
objects of 30, 31; types of, 31;
abdominal trunk, 31; lateral
trunk, 31
Expansion, chest, 257
Eyes, red, running, 246, 249;
crossed, 250; disorders, 249;
251; examination of, 257; de-
fectve, 259
Faintness, 246; 249
Fancy steps, 27-29 (See Dancing
Steps)
Farmer in the Dell, The (S.G.)>
90
Fat, excessive, 251
Feet, examination of, 257; test for
flat, 257
Fever, 246; 249
Fill the Gap (A.G.), 194
Finger Feat (C), 77
Finger Jump (S), 80
Firemen (S.P.), 99
Fisherman (A.G.), 120
Fishing (S.P.), 84
Fits, 246; 249
Flag Race, 74; (A.G.), 104
Flat chest, 250
Floor formation, 36
Flower Play (S.P.)> 100
Folk dances (See Singing Games
and Folk Dances)
Follow step, 29
Football, field, 43; punting, 48,
50, 58
Foot placing, face side of room
21
Formal exercises, 12
Formation, floor, 36; ring, 36;
concentric circles, 37
Forward Bend Relay (A.G.)> 164;
181
Forward Sprint Relay (A.G.)>
150; 181
Fox and Geese (A.G.), 163
Fox and Squirrel (A.G.), 104
Gallop step, 29
Games and Folk Dances, Singing
(See Singing Games and Folk
Dances)
Games, Organized Play and, 32
(See Organized Play and
Games)
Giant stride, 42
Girls, scale of points, 64, 70
Glands, swollen, 246; 249
Glide closing step, 29
Good Morning (A.G.), 91
Grade and age, grouping by, 47
Grades, in physical education, 10;
in all subjects, 256
Groups according to height, 45;
age and grade, 46
Guessing Verb (A.G.), 163
Gymnastic Trick (S.)> 80
Hand Push (C), 77
Hand Wrestle (C), 77; 231
Have You Seen My Sheep (A.G.),
134; 149
Headache, 249; 250
Head lice, to free hair from, 253;
examination for, 258
Health Activities: 243; chores,
263; daily health inspection,
245; signs of health disorders,
246; table of contagious dis-
eases, 246; general signs of
health disorders, 249; instruc-
tion to parents, 252; duplicate
of annual physical examination
card, 254; physical examina-
tion, 255; directions for physi-
cal examination, 256; troubles
resulting from physical de-
fects, 259
Health disorders, signs of, 246
Health inspection, daily, 245
Hearing, test for, 257
Heart, condition of, 261
Heal and toe Polka, 29
Heel and Toe Spring (S), 80
Heel Salute (S), 80
Height, grouping by, 45
Height, Measurement of, 256
Hide the Thimble (A.G.), 91
Hill Dill (A.G.), 164
Hindu Tag (A.G.), 194
Hippity Hop to the Barber Shop
(F.D.), 101
History, 256
Hold Hop Relay (A.G.), 194 -
Home Made play apparatus, 39;
materials, 39; sand box, 39;.
swing, 40; horizontal bar, 40;<.
teeter, 41; giant stride, 42; ball
field, 43
Hook Arm Tag (A.G.), 179
Hookworm disease, 248
Hopping Race (A.G.), 134
Horizontal bar, 40
How Do You Do (F.D.), 160
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
273
Hygiene: Modern Health Cru-
sade, 262; Supplies, 265; dis-
tributors of supplies, 265
Imperfect vision, 259
Inattention, 251
Incorrect posture, 15; causes of,
13; 250
Incorrect standing, 12
Indian Wrestle (C), 77
Infection, methods of, 246, 248
Inflamed throat, 246, 249
Inspection, daily health, 245
Instructions to parents, 252
Instructions to teachers, 11
Interclass athletics, 45; groups
according to height, 45; groups
according to age and grade,
46; required records, 46; point
competition, 51; scale of point,
52; rules for events, 71
Interschool athletics, 74; eligibil-
ity rules necessary, 74; elemen-
tary school events, 74; high
school events, 75
Introductory exercises, 20; 30
Irish Lilt (F.D.), 216
Ironing (S.P.), 85
Irritability, 251
I Say Stoop (A.G.), 92
Itiskit, Itasket (S.G.), 88
.Jack be Nimble (A.G.), 92
Jump, running broad, 46, 50, 54;
running high, 46, 50, 56, 66;
standing broad, 46, 49, 54, 66
Jumping Circle (A.G.), 206
Jumping the Brook (A.G.), 91
Junior high school, scale of
points; dashes, 52, 64; running
broad jump, 54; running high
jump, 56; baseball distance
throw, 58, 60, 68; football punt,
58; basketball throw, 60; shot
put, 62; potato race, 70; flag
race, 70
Junior high school, time allot-
ment, 7
King of France, The (S.G.), 114
Knocking Off Hats (C), 77
Knuckle Down (S), 81
Last and First (S), 81
Last Man (A.G.), 150
Lateral trunk exercises, 30; 31
Leaders, development of, 11
Leg exercises, 21; 26; 30; 31
Lice, to free hair from, 253; ex-
amination for, 258
Lines or teams, opposing, 37
London Bridge (F.D.), 115
Long Reach (S), 81
Looby Loo (S.G.), 102
Loud breathing, 250
Lunging exercises, face side of
room, 21
Lungs, 261
Mail Man (A.G.), 120
Making Garden (S.P.), 100
Malnutrition, 251; examination
for, 256
Man in the Moon, The (F.D.),
146
Marching exercises, 21; 27
Materials for home made play ap-
paratus, 39
May Pole Dance (F.D.), 204
Measles, 246
Mentality, slow, 251
Mile run, 50; 62
Milling the Man (A.G.), 231
Modern Health Crusade, 262; sup-
plies, 265; distributors of sup-
plies, 265
Mouth and teeth, care of, 252
Mouth breathing, 250; examina-
tion for, 258
Muffin Man, The (S.G.), 101
Mumps, 248
Music (See Singing Games and
Folk Dances)
Nail biting, 250
Nausea, 246; 249
Nervous disorders, 249-251
Nits, to free hair from, 253
Nose, running, 246, 249; disor-
ders, 249, 251
Notice of physical defects, 255
Numbers placed after exercises,
19
Nutritional disturbances, 249,
251; examination for, 256
Oats and Beans (S.G.), 129
Old Dan Tucker (F.D.), 241
One-teacher building, organiza-
tion, 8
Opposing teams or lines, 37
Organization, one-teacher build-
ing, 8; two-teacher building, 8;
three-teacher building, 9; more
than three-teacher building, 10
274
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
Organized play and games, 32;
importance, 32; naturalness,
32; explanation necessary, 32;
size of groups, 32, 33; group
formations, 33, 38; whistle, 34;
timid pupils, 34; team play, 35;
attitude toward officials, 35;
floor formation, 36; ring forma-
tion, 46; concentric circles, 37;
opposing teams or lines, 37;
home made play apparatus, 39.
Ostend, The (F.D.), 176.
Over and Under Relay (A.G.), 150
Paleness, 246; 251
Pallor, unusual, 246; 251
Palm Springs (S), 81
Parents, instruction to 252
Pass Round, (A.G.), 206
Pause between commands, 21
Peas Porridge (F.D.), 132
Pediculosis, treatment for, 253
Physical defects, notice of, 255;
troubles resulting from, 259
Physical examination, annual,
255; directions for giving, 256
Physical examination card, 254
Pin Cushion (S), 81
Pin Football (A.G.), 180
Play and games, organized, 32
(See Organized Play and
Games)
Plays, story, 83-85; (See Story
Plays)
Plumb line test, 15-
Points, scale of (See Scale of
Points)
Poison (A.G.), 179
Pole Vault, 50; 56
Pop Goes the Weasel (F.D.), 116
Position, standing, 18, 22; correct
for exercises, 22; arch flexion,
23; balance, 24; arm move-
ments, 25; leg exercises, 26;
trunk exercises, 26; breathing
exercises, 27; marching, 27, 252
Posture, 13; incorrect, 15; cause
of incorrect 13; tests for, 14,
250; peculiar when reading,
251; tests of, 257; incorrect,
261
Potato or Block Relay (A.G.),
164
Potato Race, 70
Potato Relay (A.G.), 195
Powder, tooth, 252
Practice Polka (F.D.), 175
Preparatory commands, 21
Prisoner's Base (A.G.), 180
Profile Test, 14
Prostrate and Perpendicular (S),
81
Pulling Sticks (C), 77
Pull Off the Ground (A.G.), 219
Punting, football, 48; 50; 58
Push Pole (C), 78
Push Up, 46; 47; 49; 51
Pussy in the Corner (A.G.), 104
Putting Shot, 48; 50; 62
Rabbit Hop (S), 81
Race, Flag, 70
Race, Potato, 70
Rash, 247
Reading or spelling, poor, 251
Reading posture, peculiar, 251
Ready to stand, 17
Reap the Flax (F.D.), 240
Records, required, in interclass
athletics, 46
Red eyes, 246; 249
Ring formation, 36
Rocking step, 29
Rooster Fight (C), 78
Round and Round the Village
(S.G.), 228
Round Shoulders, 250
Round the Mulberry Bush (S.G.),
130
Rubber Neck (S), 81
Rugby field, 43
Run, mile, 50; 62
Running broad jump, 46; 50; 54
Running catch, baseball, 48-51
Running eyes, 246; 249
Running high jump, 46; 50; 56; 66
Running nose 246; 249
Sailor's Hornpipe (F.D.) 161
Sand Box, 39
Scale of Points:
Boys
Standing broad jump, 54; run-
ning broad jump, 54; running
high jump, 56; pole vault, 56;
baseball distance throw, 58, 70;
football punt, 58; basketball
throw, 60; shot put, 62; mile
run, 62
Girls
Dashes, 64; standing broad
jump, 66; running high jump,
66; baseball distance throw,
68; potato race, 70; flag race,.
70
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 1923.
275
Scarlet fever, 246
Seats and desks, adjustment of,
15
Senior high school, scale of
points; dashes, 52, 64; running
broad jump, 58; running high
jump, 56; pole vault, 56; base-
ball distance throw, 60, 68;
football punt, 58; basketball
throw, 60; shot put, 62; mile
run, 62
Senior high school, time allot-
ment, 7
Serpentine Maze, The (A.G.), 104
Serving volley ball, 51
Shoe Circle Relay (A.G.), 194
Shot put, 48; 50; 52
Shoulder-blade and arm exer-
cises, 20; 30; 31
Shoulders, round, 250
Shuttle Relay (A.G.), 242
Siamese Twins (C), 78
Signs of health disorders, 246-
252
Singing Games and Folk Dances:
Did You Ever See a Lassie, 86;
Itiskit, Itasket, 88; The Farmer
in the Dell, 90; Hippity Hop to
the Barber Shop, 101; The Muf-
fin Man, 101; Looby Loo, 102;
The King of France, 114; Lon-
don Bridge, 115; Pop Goes the
Weasel, 116; Swiss May Revel,
117; Oats and Beans, 129;
Round the Mulberry Bush, 130;
Peas Porridge, 132; Ace of the
Diamonds, 145; The Man in the
Moon, 146; Children's Polka,
160; How Do You Do, 160; Sail-
or's Hornpipe, 161; Tantoli,
174; Coming Through the Rye,
175; Practice Polka, 175; The
Ostend, 176; Virginia Reel, 176;
Tarantella, 190; Chimes of
Dunkirk, 192; May Pole Dance,
204; Irish Lilt, 216; The Crest-
ed Hen, 218; Round and Round
the Village, 228; There was a
Jolly Miller, 229; Reap the
Flax, 240; Old Dan Tucker, 241
Sitting positions, correct, 15
Sit up, 47; 48
Skin eruptions, examine for, 258;
261
Skin the Snake (C), 78 (A.G.),
242
Skipping step, 28
Slow mentality, 251
Small Pox, 248
Snow Play (S.P.), 83
Soccer field, 43
Songs (See Singing Games and
Folk Dances)
Sore eyes, 249
Sore throat, 246; 249
Sores, examine for, 258
Spelling or reading, poor, 251
Squinting, 250
Squirrel and Nut (A.G.), 92
Squirrel in the Nest (A.G.), 104
Stammering, 251
Standing broad jump, 48; 54; 66
Standing, correct and incorrect,
12; 14
Standing positions, 18; 22
Standing Toe Wrestle (C), 78
Steps, fancy, 27-29 (See Dancing
Steps)
Stooping Push (C), 79
Stooping Stretch (S), 82
Story Plays: Snow Play, 83; Au-
tomobile, 79; Birds Learning to
Fly, 79; The Carpenter, 79;
Fishing, 79; Ironing, 85; Build-
ing Bonfire, 99; Build a Fire in
Stove, 99; Firemen, 99; Flower
Play, 100; Making Garden, 100
Strength Test (S), 82
Stride, giant, 46
Stunts: Ankle Throw, 79; Chest
to Mouth, 79; Bottle Balancing,
79; Cane Walk, 79; Catch Pen-
ny, 80; Coin and Card Snap, 80;
Dot and Carry Two, 80; Finger
Jump, 80; Gymnastic Trick, 80;
Heel Salute, 80; Heel and Toe
Spring, 80; Knuckle Down, 81;
Last and First, 81; Long
Reach, 81; Palm Springs, 81;
Pin Cushion, 81; Prostrate and
Perpendicular, 81; Rabbit Hop,
81; Rubber Neck, 81; Stooping
Stretch, 82; Strength Test, 82;
Take a Chair from Under, 82;
Tantalus, 82; The Triumph, 82;
Tumble-Down, Dick, 86; The
Turnover, 82; Wriggle Walk,
82. (See Contests.)
Styes, 249
Supplies, Modern Health Crusade,
265
Swat to the Right (A.G.), 219
Swing, 40
276
ALABAMA MANUAL OF
Swiss May Revel (F.D.), 117
Swollen glands, 246
Symptoms, 246-248
Tag the Wall Relay (A.G.), 121
Take a Chair from Under (S), 82
Tantalus (S), 82
Tantoli (F.D.), 174
Tarantella (F.D.), 190
Teachers, instructions to, 11
Teams or lines, opposing, 37
Teeter, 41
Teeth and mouth, care of, 252
Teeth, examination of, 258; de-
fective, 260
Tests for posture, 14
There Was a Jolly Miller (S.G.)>
229
Third Man (A.G.), 164
Three Deep (A.G.), 150
Three-teacher building, organiza-
tion, 9
Throat, sore, inflamed, 246, 249;
disorders, 249, 251
Throw, baseball distance, 46, 51,
58, 60, 68; basketball distance,
48, 50, 51, 60
Time allotment, 7; elementary
school, 7; junior and senior
high school, 8
Timidity, 251
Toad (A.G.), 92
Tooth powder, 252
Tonsils, examination of, 258; en-
larged or diseased, 260
Triumph, The (S), 82
Troubles resulting from physical
defects, 259
Trunk exercises, must be given
slow, 21; desks may be used,
21, 26; lateral, 30, 31; abdom-
inal, 31
Tug of War (A.G.), 207
Tumble Down Dick (S), 82
Tunnel Race (C), 79
Turnover, The (S), 82
Twisting Sticks (C), 79
Twitching, of lips, 279; of foot
muscles, 252
Two step, 28
Two-teacher building, organiza-
tion of, 8
Vaccination, 257
Variation, 79
Virginia reel (F.D.), 176
Vision, imperfect, 259
Volley ball, serving, 51; (A.G.),
220
Vomiting, 246, 249
Weight, 256
Wheelbarrow Relay (A.G.), 195
Whooping cough, 248
Window pole test, 14
Wriggle Walk (S), 82